http://www.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/tps80032.pdf

Product
Folder
Sample &
Buy
Technical
Documents
Tools &
Software
Support &
Community
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
TPS80032 Fully Integrated Power Management With Power Path and Battery Charger
1.1
Features
• Five Highly Efficient Buck Converters
– One 3 MHz, 0.6 to 2.1 V at 5.0 A, DVS-Capable
– One 6 MHz, 0.6 to 2.1 V at 2.5 A, DVS-Capable
– Three 6 MHz, 0.6 to 2.1 V at 1.1 A, One Being
DVS-Capable
• 11 General-Purpose Low-Dropout Voltage
Regulators (LDOs)
– Six 1.0 to 3.3 V at 0.2 A with Battery or
Preregulated Supply:
• One can be Used as Vibrator Driver
• One 1.0 to 3.3 V at 50 mA with Battery or
Preregulated Supply
• One Low-Noise 1.0 to 3.3 V at 50 mA with
Battery or Preregulated Supply
• One 3.3 V at 100 mA USB LDO
• Two LDOs for TPS80032 Internal Use
• USB OTG Module:
– ID Detection, Accessory Charger Adapter (ACA)
Support
– Accessory Detection Protocol (ADP) Support
• Backup Battery Charger
• 12-bit Sigma-Delta Analog-to-Digital Converter
(ADC) with 19 Input Channels:
– Seven External Input Channels
• 13-bit Coulomb Counter with Four Programmable
Integration Periods
• Low-Power Consumption:
– 8 µA in BACKUP State
– 20 µA in WAIT-ON State
– 110 µA in SLEEP State, with Two DC-DCs
Active
• Real-Time Clock (RTC) with Timer and Alarm
Wake-Up:
– Three Buffered 32-kHz Outputs
• SIM and SD/MMC Card Detections
• Two Digital PWM Outputs
• Thermal Monitoring:
– High-Temperature Warning
– Thermal Shutdown
1
1.2
•
•
•
•
•
1
• Control:
– Configurable Power-Up and Power-Down
Sequences (OTP Memory)
– Configurable Sequences Between SLEEP and
ACTIVE States (OTP Memory)
– Three Digital Output Signals that can be
Included in the Startup Sequence to Control
External Devices
– Two Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interfaces
– All Resources Configurable by I2C
• System Voltage Regulator/Battery Charger with
Power Path from USB:
– Input Current Limit to Comply with USB
Standard
– 3-MHz Switched-Mode Regulator with
Integrated Power FET for up to 2.0-A Current
– Dedicated Control Loop for Battery Current and
Voltage
– External Low-Ohmic FET for Power Path and
Battery Charging
– Boost Mode Operation for USB OTG
– Supplement Mode to Deliver Current from
Battery During Power Path Operation
– Charger for Single-Cell Li-Ion and Li-Polymer
Battery Packs
– Safety Timer and Reset Control
– Thermal Protection
– Input/Output Overvoltage Protection
– Charging Indicator LED Driver
– Compliant with:
• USB 2.0
• OTG and EH 2.0
• USB Battery Charging 1.2
• YD/T 1591-2006
• Japanese Battery Charging Guidelines
(JEITA)
• Battery Voltage Range from 2.5 to 5.5 V
• Package 5.21 mm × 5.36 mm 155-pin WCSP
Applications
Mobile Phones and Smart Phones
Tablets
Gaming Handsets
Portable Media Players
Portable Navigation Systems
•
•
Handheld Devices
Industrial Applications
An IMPORTANT NOTICE at the end of this data sheet addresses availability, warranty, changes, use in safety-critical applications,
intellectual property matters and other important disclaimers. PRODUCT PREVIEW Information. Product in design phase of
development. Subject to change or discontinuance without notice.
PRODUCT PREVIEW
1 Device Overview
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
1.3
www.ti.com
Description
The TPS80032 device is an integrated power-management integrated circuit (PMIC) for applications
powered by a rechargeable battery. The device provides five configurable step-down converters with up to
5.0-A current capability for memory, processor core, I/O, auxiliary, preregulation for LDOs, and so forth.
The device also contains nine LDO regulators for external use that can be supplied from a battery or a
preregulated supply. The power-up/power-down controller is configurable and can support any powerup/power-down sequence (programmed in OTP memory). The RTC provides three 32-kHz clock outputs:
seconds, minutes, hours, day, month, and year information; as well as alarm wakeup and timer. The
TPS80032 device supports 32-kHz clock generation based on a crystal oscillator.
The device integrates a switched-mode system supply regulator from a USB connector. The device
includes power paths from the USB and battery with supplemental mode for immediate startup, even with
an empty battery. The battery switch uses an external low-ohmic PMOS transistor allowing minimal serial
resistance during fast charging and when operating from battery. The device can also be used without the
external PMOS transistor; the battery is then always tied to the system supply and the switched-mode
regulator is used for battery charging.
The TPS80032 device is available in a 155-pin WCSP package, 5.21 mm × 5.36 mm with a 0.4-mm ball
pitch.
PRODUCT PREVIEW
Device Information (1)
PART NUMBER
TPS80032
(1)
2
PACKAGE
BODY SIZE
YFF (155)
5.21 mm × 5.36 mm
For more information, see Section 8, Mechanical Packaging and Orderable Information.
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
1.4
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
Functional Block Diagram
Figure 1-1 shows the TPS80032 device block diagram.
C23
C18
C1
C24
C2
VSYS
VSYS
I/O voltage
VSYS
VSYS
C3
C44
BOOT1
VANA
BOOT2
System
voltage
monitoring
VRTC
RPWRON
PWRON
External
power request
BACKUP
BOOT0
Boot mode
selection
SMPS1
Test
and
program
Control
inputs
PREQ2
PREQ3
SMPS5
PREQ1
MSECURE
NRESWARM
CTLI2C_SCL
CTLI2C_SDA
SMPS3
DVSI2C_SCL
DVSI2C_SDA
NRESPWRON
INT
BATREMOVAL
SMPS4
REGEN1
REGEN2
PRODUCT PREVIEW
SYSEN
PWM1
PWM2
SMPS2
OSC32KIN
OSC32KOUT
OSC32KCAP
CLK32KAO
CLK32KG
CLK32KAUDIO
Switched
mode
system
supply
regulator
GPADC_IN0
GPADC_IN1
GPADC_IN2
GPADC_IN3
GPADC_IN4
GPADC_IN5
GPADC_IN6
GPADC_VREF
GPADC_START
Linear charger
and
supplement
mode
and
Coulomb
counter
MMC
Detectors
USB ACA
SIM
ID
IREF
Reference
and
bias
VBG
REFGND
Charger
control
PBKG
GND_ANA
Grounds
GND_DIG_VIO
GND_DIG_VRTC
LED
indicator
LDOUSB
LDOUSB
LDO7
LDO7
LDO7_IN
LDO6
LDO6
LDO6_IN
LDO5
LDO5
LDO5_IN
LDO4
LDO4
LDO4_IN
LDO3
LDO2
LDO3
LDO3_IN
LDO1
LDO2
LDO2_IN
LDOLN
LDO1
LDO1_IN
LDOLN_IN
LDOLN
Figure 1-1. TPS80032 Device Block Diagram
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
3
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
www.ti.com
Table of Contents
1
2
3
Device Overview ......................................... 1
Battery Charging
Features .............................................. 1
5.10
USB OTG............................................ 92
1.2
Applications ........................................... 1
5.11
Gas Gauge ......................................... 100
1.3
Description ............................................ 2
5.12
General-Purpose ADC ............................. 102
1.4
Functional Block Diagram ............................ 3
5.13
Vibrator Driver and PWM Signals
Revision History ......................................... 5
Terminal Configuration and Functions .............. 6
5.14
Detection Features................................. 108
.......................................... 6
3.2
Pin Attributes ......................................... 7
Specifications ........................................... 12
4.1
Absolute Maximum Ratings ......................... 12
4.2
Handling Ratings .................................... 12
4.3
Recommended Operating Conditions ............... 12
4.4
Thermal Characteristics for YFF Package .......... 13
4.5
Electrical Characteristics ............................ 14
4.6
Typical Characteristics .............................. 41
Detailed Description ................................... 42
5.1
Real-Time Clock .................................... 42
5.2
Clocks ............................................... 43
5.3
Power Management ................................. 43
5.4
Reset System ....................................... 50
5.5
System Control ...................................... 52
5.6
System Voltage/Battery Comparator Thresholds ... 56
5.7
Power Resources ................................... 56
5.8
Backup Battery Charger ............................ 61
3.1
4
5
PRODUCT PREVIEW
4
....................................
5.9
1.1
Pin Diagram
6
7
8
.................
................................
.......................................
5.17 Secure Registers ..................................
5.18 Access Protocol ....................................
5.19 Interrupts ...........................................
Recommended External Components............
Device and Documentation Support ..............
7.1
Device Support.....................................
7.2
Community Resources.............................
7.3
Trademarks ........................................
7.4
Electrostatic Discharge Caution ...................
7.5
Export Control Notice ..............................
7.6
Glossary............................................
7.7
Additional Acronyms ...............................
7.8
Detailed Revision History ..........................
61
107
5.15
Thermal Monitoring
109
5.16
I2C Interface
110
110
111
112
115
117
117
117
117
118
118
118
118
118
Mechanical Packaging and Orderable
Information ............................................. 121
8.1
Packaging Information ............................. 121
Table of Contents
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
2 Revision History
NOTE: Page numbers for previous revisions may differ from page numbers in the current version.
For a more detailed list of revision notes, see Section 7.8.
Changes from Revision H (August 2012) to Revision I
Changed data sheet to standard TI format ........................................................................................ 1
PRODUCT PREVIEW
•
Page
Revision History
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
5
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
www.ti.com
3 Terminal Configuration and Functions
3.1
Pin Diagram
Figure 3-1 shows the TPS80032 device bottom view ball mapping.
PRODUCT PREVIEW
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
N
PBKG
SMPS1_SW
SMPS1_GND
SMPS5_IN
SMPS5_SW
LDO2
LDO3
LDO4
SMPS3_SW
SMPS3_IN
SMPS2_GND
SMPS2_SW
PBKG
N
M
SMPS1_IN
SMPS1_SW
SMPS1_GND
SMPS5_IN
SMPS5_GND
SMPS5_GND
LDO3_IN
SMPS3
_GND
SMPS3
_GND
SMPS3_IN
SMPS2_GND
SMPS2_SW
SMPS2_IN
M
L
SMPS1_IN
SMPS1_SW
SMPS1_GND
SMPS5
_FDBK
VDD
LDO2_IN
GND_DIG
_VIO
LDO4_IN
GND_ANA
GPADC
_START
SMPS3
_FDBK
SMPS2_SW
SMPS2_IN
L
K
SMPS1_IN
SMPS1_SW
SMPS1_GND
MSECURE
SYSEN
PREQ2
INT
CLK32KG
CLK32KAO
MMC
PWM2
PWM1
SMPS2
_FDBK
K
J
REGEN2
PWRON
CTLI2C_SCL
CTLI2C_SDA
NRES
PWRON
SIM
BAT
REMOVAL
DVSI2C_SCL
SMPS4_IN
SMPS4_IN
J
H
SMPS1
_FDBK
RPWRON
REGEN1
NRESWARM
PREQ3
PREQ1
GND_ANA
VIO
DVSI2C_SDA
SMPS4_SW
SMPS4_SW
H
G
CHRG_PROT
_GATE
VDD
GND_DIG
_VRTC
PBKG
VBACKUP
ID
REFGND
GPADC_IN5
SMPS4
_FDBK
SMPS4
_GND
SMPS4
_GND
G
F
LDO1
LDO1_IN
CHRG
_EXTCHRG
_STATZ
CHRG
_EXTCHRG
_ENZ
BOOT2
VBUS
_DET
VRTC_IN
VBG
GPADC_IN6
LDO5_IN
LDO5
F
E
GND_ANA
CHRG
_BOOT
TESTEN
BOOT0
IREF
VDD
LDOLN_IN
LDOLN
E
D
VBUS
CHRG_VREF
BOOT1
CHRG_CSIN
CHRG
_CSOUT
VPROG
VRTC
GPADC
_IN1
GGAUGE
_RESP
GGAUGE
_RESN
GPADC_IN0
LDO6_IN
LDO6
D
C
VBUS
CHRG_PMID
CHRG_SW
CHRG_SW
CHRG
_PGND
VAC
GND_ANA
REFGND
CLK32K
AUDIO
OSC32KCAP
VSYS_BB
CHRG_VSYS
CHRG
_GATE
_CTRL
C
B
VBUS
CHRG_PMID
CHRG_SW
CHRG_SW
CHRG
_PGND
CHRG_LED
_TEST
VDD
LDO7_IN
OSC32KOUT
VANA_IN
GPADC
_VREF
GPADC_IN3
CHRG
_VBAT
B
A
PBKG
CHRG_PMID
CHRG_SW
CHRG
_DET_N
CHRG
_PGND
CHRG_LED
_IN
LDOUSB
LDO7
OSC32KIN
VANA
GPADC_IN4
GPADC_IN2
TESTV
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Figure 3-1. Bottom View Ball Mapping
6
Terminal Configuration and Functions
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
3.2
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
Pin Attributes
Pin Attributes
NAME
BALL
TYPE
I/O
DESCRIPTION
CONNECTION IF
NOT USED
PULLUP /
PULLDOW
N
CHRG_BOOT
E2
Analog
O
Switched-mode regulator boot-strapped
capacitor for the high-side MOSFET gate driver
Floating
–
CHRG_CSIN
D4
Analog
I
Switched-mode regulator current-sense input
(without power path)
Ground
–
System supply
–
CHRG_CSOUT
D5
Analog
I
Switched regulator auxiliary power supply,
connected to the system supply/battery to
provide power in high-impedance mode,
switched regulator system/battery voltage/current
sense input
CHRG_DET_N
A4
Analog
I
USB charging port detection signal from USB
PHY
Ground
–
CHRG_EXTCHRG_EN
Z
F4
Digital
O
Output control signal to an external VAC charger
(default high)
Floating
–
CHRG_EXTCHRG_ST
ATZ
F3
Digital
I
External VAC charger status input pin
Floating
PU
70 to 190
kΩ
CHRG_LED_IN
A6
Power
I
Input supply for LED indicator
Ground
–
CHRG_LED_TEST
B6
Analog
I/O
External LED driver output
Ground
–
CHRG_PGND
A5,
B5,
C5
Ground
I
Switched regulator power ground
Ground
–
CHRG_PMID
A2,
B2,
C2
Analog
O
Switched regulator connection point between
reverse blocking MOSFET and high-side
switching MOSFET
Floating
–
CHRG_SW
A3,
B3,
C3,
B4,
C4
Power
O
Switched regulator output for inductor connection
Floating
–
CHRG_VREF
D2
Analog
O
Switched regulator internal bias regulator voltage
Floating
–
VAC
C6
Power
I
VAC charger input sense line
Ground
–
Ground (must be
connected to
VBUS if VBUS
detection from
PMIC is needed;
for example, USB
boot up)
–
VBUS
B1,
C1,
D1
Power
CHRG_VSYS
C12
Power
I
System supply
System supply
–
CHRG_VBAT
B13
Power
I/O
Battery voltage for battery charging
System supply
–
F7
Digital
O
VBUS detection signal (VSYS level)
Floating
–
Floating
–
VBUS_DET
I/O
VBUS input, USB system supply/battery charger
power supply
CHRG_GATE_CTRL
C13
Analog
O
Control signal for gate of external PMOS (battery
switch)
CHRG_PROT_GATE
G1
Analog
O
Control signal for gate of external PMOS to
protect against negative input voltage (optional)
Floating
–
C7,
E1,
H8, L9
Ground
I
Analog power ground
Ground
–
GND_DIG_VIO
L7
Ground
I
VIO digital ground
Ground
–
GND_DIG_VRTC
G3
Ground
I
VRTC digital ground
Ground
–
PRODUCT PREVIEW
System Supply Regulator/Battery Charger
Power Supplies
GND_ANA
Terminal Configuration and Functions
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
7
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
www.ti.com
Pin Attributes (continued)
NAME
PULLUP /
PULLDOW
N
Ground
–
System supply
–
N/A
–
Ground
–
TYPE
I/O
A1,
G4,
N1,
N13
Substrate
I
Substrate ground
VDD
B7,
E11,
G2, L5
Power
I
Analog input voltage supply
VIO
H10
Power
I
The PMIC digital I/O input supply voltage (1.8 V)
VPROG
D6
Power
I
OTP memory programming voltage
VBACKUP
G6
Analog
I
Backup battery connection
Ground
–
VSYS_BB
C11
Power
I
Sense line for system supply
System supply
–
CLK32KAO
K9
Digital
O
32-kHz digital output clock always on when VIO
input supply is present
Floating
–
CLK32KAUDIO
C9
Digital
O
32-kHz digital gated output clock (for example,
for audio device)
Floating
–
CLK32KG
K8
Digital
O
32-kHz digital gated output clock controlled by
software
Floating
–
C10
Analog
O
VRTC power supply external filtering capacitor
for the 32-kHz crystal oscillator
Floating
–
OSC32KIN
A9
Analog
I
32-kHz crystal oscillator input or digital clock
input
N/A
–
OSC32KOUT
B9
Analog
O
32-kHz crystal oscillator output or floating in case
of digital clock input
N/A or floating
–
IREF
E10
Analog
I/O
Reference current generation
N/A
–
REFGND
C8,
G8
Ground
I
System reference ground
Ground
–
VBG
F10
Analog
O
Band-gap output reference voltage
N/A
–
TESTEN
E3
Digital
I
Test mode enable
Ground
PD
170 to 950
kΩ
TESTV
A13
Analog
O
Internal voltages sense line
Floating
–
CTLI2C_SCL
J3
Digital
I
Control I2C serial clock (external pullup)
N/A
PPU
1.46 to 7.4
kΩ
CTLI2C_SDA
J4
Digital
I/O
Control I2C serial bidirectional data (an external
pullup)
N/A
PPU
1.46 to 7.4
kΩ
INT
K7
Digital
O
Maskable interrupt request to the host processor
N/A
–
BATREMOVAL
J10
Digital
O
Battery removal indicator
Floating
–
BOOT0
E4
Digital
I
Boot ball 0 for power-up sequence selection
Ground or VRTC
–
BOOT1
D3
Digital
I
Boot ball 1 for power-up sequence selection
Ground or VRTC
–
BOOT2
F6
Digital
I
Boot ball 2 for power-up sequence selection
Ground or VRTC
–
NRESPWRON
J5
Digital
O
System reset/power-on output
PBKG
DESCRIPTION
CONNECTION IF
NOT USED
BALL
Clocking
PRODUCT PREVIEW
OSC32KCAP
References
Testing
System Control
Floating
–
NRESWARM
H4
Digital
I
Warm reset input
Floating
PU
70 to 190
kΩ
PREQ1
H7
Digital
I
Power request input 1
Floating
PPU/*PPD
170 to 950
kΩ
8
Terminal Configuration and Functions
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
NAME
CONNECTION IF
NOT USED
PULLUP /
PULLDOW
N
Power request input 2
Floating
PPU/*PPD
170 to 950
kΩ
I
Power request input 3
Floating
PPU/*PPD
170 to 950
kΩ
Digital
O
Pulse width modulation/general-purpose output 1
Floating
–
Digital
O
Pulse width modulation/general-purpose output 2
Floating
–
N/A
PU
55 to 370
kΩ
BALL
TYPE
I/O
PREQ2
K6
Digital
I
PREQ3
H6
Digital
PWM1
K12
PWM2
K11
DESCRIPTION
PWRON
J2
Digital
I
External on-button switch-on event (primary input
to launch system wakeup)
REGEN1
H3
Digital
O
External regulator enable 1
Floating
–
REGEN2
J1
Digital
O
External regulator enable 2
Floating
–
RPWRON
H2
Digital
I
External remote switch-on event (secondary
input to launch system wakeup)
Floating
PU
55 to 370
kΩ
SYSEN
K5
Digital
O
External system enable
Floating
–
MSECURE
K4
Digital
I
Secure mode input. Allows I2C access to secure
registers
Ground or floating
PD
170 to 950
kΩ
DVSI2C_SCL
J11
Digital
I
DVS I2C serial clock (external pullup)
N/A
PPU
1.46 to 7.4
kΩ
DVSI2C_SDA
H11
Analog
I/O
DVS I2C serial data (external pullup)
N/A
PPU
1.46 to 7.4
kΩ
ID
G7
Digital
I/O
USB connector identification signal
Floating
–
MMC
K10
Digital
I
MMC card insertion and extraction detection to
deactivate the LDO5 regulator
Floating
PPU/*PPD
70 to 190
kΩ
J9
Power
I
SIM card insertion and extraction detection to
deactivate the LDO7 regulator
Floating
PPU/*PPD
70 to 190
kΩ
VANA
A10
Power
O
Output voltage for VANA regulator
VANA_IN
B10
Power
I
Input voltage supply for VANA regulator
LDO2
N6
Power
O
Output voltage for LDO2 regulator
LDO2_IN
L6
Power
I
Input voltage supply for LDO2 regulator
LDO4
N8
Power
O
Output voltage for LDO4 regulator
LDO4_IN
L8
Power
I
Input voltage supply for LDO4 regulator
O
Output voltage for LDO3 regulator (vibrator driver
output)
PRODUCT PREVIEW
Pin Attributes (continued)
Detection
SIM
LDO Regulators
LDO3
N7
Power
LDO3_IN
M7
Power
I
Input voltage supply for LDO3 regulator
LDO6
D13
Power
O
Output voltage for LDO6 regulator
LDO6_IN
D12
Power
I
Input voltage supply for LDO6 regulator
LDOLN
E13
Power
O
Output voltage for LDOLN regulator
LDOLN_IN
E12
Power
I
Input voltage supply for LDOLN regulator
LDO5
F13
Power
O
Output voltage for LDO5 regulator
LDO5_IN
F12
Power
I
Input voltage supply for LDO5 regulator
LDO1
F1
Power
O
Output voltage for LDO1 regulator
LDO1_IN
F2
Power
I
Input voltage supply for LDO1 regulator
N/A
–
System supply
–
Floating
–
System supply
–
Floating
–
System supply
–
Floating
–
System supply
–
Floating
–
System supply
–
Floating
–
System supply
–
Floating
–
System supply
–
Floating
–
System supply
–
Terminal Configuration and Functions
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
9
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
www.ti.com
Pin Attributes (continued)
NAME
BALL
TYPE
I/O
DESCRIPTION
VRTC
D7
Power
O
Output voltage for VRTC regulator
VRTC_IN
F8
Power
I
Input voltage supply for VRTC regulator
LDOUSB
A7
Power
O
LDO7
A8
Power
O
LDO7_IN
B8
Power
I
Input voltage supply for LDO7 regulator
GGAUGE_RESN
D10
Analog
I
GGAUGE_RESP
D9
Analog
GPADC_IN0
D11
GPADC_IN1
GPADC_VREF
GPADC_IN2
CONNECTION IF
NOT USED
PULLUP /
PULLDOW
N
N/A
–
System supply
–
Output voltage for LDOUSB regulator
Floating
–
Output voltage for LDO7 regulator
Floating
–
System supply
–
Sense resistor input signal negative (ground
side)
NOTE: Shared with battery charger.
Ground
–
I
Sense resistor input signal positive (battery
negative side)
NOTE: Shared with battery charger.
Ground
–
Analog
I/O
General-purpose analog-to-digital converter
(GPADC) input 0
Ground
–
D8
Analog
I/O
GPADC input 1
Ground
–
B11
Analog
O
GPADC output reference voltage
Floating
–
A12
Analog
I
GPADC input 2
Ground
–
GPADC_IN3
B12
Analog
I/O
GPADC input 3
Ground
–
GPADC_IN4
A11
Analog
I/O
GPADC input 4
Ground
–
GPADC_IN5
G10
Analog
I
GPADC input 5
Ground
–
GPADC_IN6
F11
Analog
I
GPADC input 6
Ground
–
Monitoring
PRODUCT PREVIEW
L10
Digital
I
Trigger hardware request to start GPADC
synchronous conversion
Ground
*PPD
170 to 950
kΩ
SMPS4_FDBK
G11
Analog
I
SMPS4 feedback
Ground
–
SMPS4_GND
G12,
G13
Ground
I
SMPS4 ground
Ground
–
SMPS4_IN
J12,
J13
Power
I
SMPS4 input voltage
System supply
–
SMPS4_SW
H12,
H13
Power
O
SMPS4 switch
Floating
–
SMPS2_FDBK
K13
Analog
I
SMPS2 feedback
Ground
–
SMPS2_GND
M11,
N11
Ground
I
SMPS2 ground
Ground
–
SMPS2_IN
L13,
M13
Power
I
SMPS2 input voltage
System supply
–
SMPS2_SW
L12,
M12,
N12
Power
O
SMPS2 switch
Floating
–
SMPS3_FDBK
L11
Analog
I
SMPS3 feedback
Ground
–
SMPS3_GND
M8,
M9
Ground
I
SMPS3 ground
Ground
–
SMPS3_IN
M10,
N10
Power
I
SMPS3 input voltage
System supply
–
GPADC_START
SMPS Regulators
SMPS3_SW
N9
Power
O
SMPS3 switch
Floating
–
SMPS1_FDBK
H1
Analog
I
SMPS1 feedback
Ground
–
SMPS1_GND
K3,
L3,
M3,
N3
Ground
I
SMPS1 ground
Ground
–
10
Terminal Configuration and Functions
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
Pin Attributes (continued)
CONNECTION IF
NOT USED
PULLUP /
PULLDOW
N
System supply
–
SMPS1 switch
Floating
–
I
SMPS5 feedback
Ground
–
Ground
I
SMPS5 ground
Ground
–
M4,
N4
Power
I
SMPS5 input voltage
System supply
–
N5
Power
O
SMPS5 switch
Floating
–
BALL
TYPE
I/O
DESCRIPTION
SMPS1_IN
K1,
L1,
M1
Power
I
SMPS1 input voltage
SMPS1_SW
K2,
L2,
M2,
N2
Power
O
SMPS5_FDBK
L4
Analog
SMPS5_GND
M5,
M6
SMPS5_IN
SMPS5_SW
PRODUCT PREVIEW
NAME
Terminal Configuration and Functions
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
11
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
www.ti.com
4 Specifications
4.1
Absolute Maximum Ratings
Over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
PRODUCT PREVIEW
MIN
MAX
UNIT
All battery and system supply related input balls (LDOs and SMPSs) and supply
voltage: _IN, VDD, VSYS_BB, CHRG_VSYS, CHRG_VBAT
–0.3
5.5
V
All SMPS-related input balls _FDBK
–0.3
SMPSmax + 0.3
V
Backup battery supply voltage VBACKUP
–0.3
5.5
V
I/O digital supply voltage VIO
–0.3
VIOmax + 0.3
V
Battery charger supply voltage VBUS
–0.3
20.0
V
Battery charger supply voltage VAC
–0.3
20.0
V
Battery charger CHRG_PMID
–0.3
20.0
V
Battery charger CHRG_SW, CHRG_BOOT
–0.7
20.0
V
Voltage difference between CHRG_CSIN and CHRG_CSOUT inputs
–7.0
7.0
V
Battery charger CHRG_VREF
–0.3
6.5
V
Battery charger CHRG_DET_N
–0.3
5.5
V
All other charger analog-related input balls, such as CHRG_CSIN, CHRG_CSOUT,
and CHRG_LED_IN
–0.3
5.5
V
Voltage on the USB OTG ID ball
–0.3
5.5
V
Voltage on the VRTC GPADC balls: GPADC_IN0, GPADC_IN1, and GPADC_IN4
–0.3
VRTCmax + 0.3
V
Voltage on the VANA GPADC balls: GPADC_IN2, GPADC_IN3, GPADC_IN5, and
GPADC_IN6
–0.3
VANAmax + 0.3
V
Voltage on the crystal oscillator OSC32KIN ball
–0.3
VRTCmax + 0.3
V
Voltage on all other analog input balls such as GGAUGE_RESN and
GGAUGE_RESP
–0.3
VANAmax + 0.3
V
OTP memory supply voltage VPROG
–0.3
20.0
V
Voltage on VRTC digital input balls
–0.3
VRTCmax + 0.3
V
Voltage on VIO digital input balls
–0.3
VIOmax + 0.3
V
Voltage on VBAT digital input balls
–0.3
VBATmax + 0.3
V
Junction temperature range
–45
150.0
°C
Peak output current on all terminals other than power resources
–5.0
5.0
mA
4.2
Handling Ratings
Tstg
Storage temperature range
VESD
(1)
(2)
4.3
Electrostatic discharge
(ESD) performance:
Human Body Model (HBM), per
ANSI/ESDA/JEDEC JS001 (1)
All pins
Charged Device Model (CDM), per JESD22-C101 (2)
MIN
MAX
UNIT
–65
150
°C
–1
1
kV
–250
250
V
JEDEC document JEP155 states that 500-V HBM allows safe manufacturing with a standard ESD control process.
JEDEC document JEP157 states that 250-V CDM allows safe manufacturing with a standard ESD control process.
Recommended Operating Conditions
Over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
All battery and system supply related input balls (LDOs and SMPSs)
and supply voltage: _IN, VDD, VSYS_BB, CHRG_VSYS,
CHRG_VBAT
All SMPS-related input balls _FDBK
Backup battery supply voltage VBACKUP
I/O digital supply voltage VIO
Battery charger supply voltage VBUS
12
MIN
NOM
MAX
UNIT
2.5
3.8
4.8
V
VOUTmax
V
VOUTmin
1.9
3.2
4.8
V
VIOmin
VIO
VIOmax
V
0
5.0
6.7
V
Specifications
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
Recommended Operating Conditions (continued)
MIN
NOM
MAX
UNIT
Battery charger supply voltage VAC
PARAMETER
0
5.0
10.0
V
Battery charger CHRG_PMID
0
5.0
6.0
V
Battery charger CHRG_SW and CHRG_BOOT
0
5.0
6.0
V
Battery charger CHRG_VREF
0
5.0
6.5
V
Battery charger CHRG_DET_N
0
LDOUSB
4.8
V
All other charger analog-related input balls such as CHRG_CSIN,
CHRG_CSOUT, and CHRG_LED_IN
0
3.8
4.8
V
Voltage on the USB OTG ID ball
0
LDOUSB
LDOUSBmax
V
Voltage on the VRTC GPADC balls GPADC_IN0, GPADC_IN1, and
GPADC_IN4
VRTC
VRTCmax
V
Voltage on the VANA GPADC balls GPADC_IN2, GPADC_IN3,
GPADC_IN5, and GPADC_IN6
VANA
VANAmax
V
Voltage on the crystal oscillator OSC32KIN ball
VRTC
VRTCmax
V
Voltage on all other analog input balls such as GGAUGE_RESN and
GGAUGE_RESP
VANA
VANAmax
V
8.0
10.0
V
VRTC
VRTCmax
V
VIO
VIOmax
V
0
3.8
4.8
V
Ambient temperature range
–40
27
85
°C
Junction temperature (TJ)
–40
27
125
°C
Storage temperature range
–65
27
150
°C
OTP memory supply voltage VPROG
Voltage on VRTC digital input balls
Voltage on VIO digital input balls
Voltage on VBAT digital input balls
Lead temperature (soldering, 10 seconds)
4.4
260
°C
Thermal Characteristics for YFF Package
(°C/W) (1)
AIR FLOW (m/s) (2)
Junction-to-case (top)
0.1
0.00
RΘJB
Junction-to-board
19.0
0.00
RΘJA
Junction-to-free air
37.7
0.00
PsiJT
Junction-to-package top
0.7
0.00
PsiJB
Junction-to-board
18.6
0.00
NAME
DESCRIPTION
RΘJC
(1)
(2)
These values are based on a JEDEC-defined 2S2P system (with the exception of the Theta JC [RΘJC] value, which is based on a
JEDEC-defined 1S0P system) and will change based on environment as well as application. For more information, see these
EIA/JEDEC standards:
• JESD51-2, Integrated Circuits Thermal Test Method Environmental Conditions - Natural Convection (Still Air)
• JESD51-3, Low Effective Thermal Conductivity Test Board for Leaded Surface Mount Packages
• JESD51-7, High Effective Thermal Conductivity Test Board for Leaded Surface Mount Packages
• JESD51-9, Test Boards for Area Array Surface Mount Package Thermal Measurements
The maximum power, 0.4 W, is at 85°C ambient temperature.
m/s = meters per second
Specifications
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
13
PRODUCT PREVIEW
Over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
4.5
www.ti.com
Electrical Characteristics
Over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)
4.5.1
Switched-Mode Regulators
Table 4-1 through Table 4-3 lists the SMPS electrical characteristics.
Table 4-1. SMPS1 Switched-Mode Regulator Electrical Characteristics
PARAMETER
CI
CO
LO
PRODUCT PREVIEW
DCRL
MIN
TYP
Input capacitor
TEST CONDITIONS
1.5
4.7
Output filter capacitor: (3-A mode)
11
22
29
Output filter capacitor: (5-A mode)
22
44
58
1
10
20
1.3
f = [1 to 10] MHz
Filter inductor: (3-A mode)
Single inductor
0.4
1.0
Filter inductor: (5-A mode)
Single inductor
0.4
1.0
1.3
Filter inductor: (5-A mode)
Single inductor
0.2
0.5
0.65
Filter inductor: (5-A mode)
Two inductors in parallel, total inductance (value
of single inductor)
0.2
(0.4)
0.5
(1.0)
0.65 (1.3)
50
100
Filter inductor DC resistance
Filter inductor Q factor
> 6 MHz
ILIMIT[1:0] = 00 (No current limitation)
NMOS current limit (high side)
(5-A mode)
VINP
–
–
–
2800
3500
4200
ILIMIT[1:0] = 10 (2.5 A)
3500
4350
5150
ILIMIT[1:0] = 11 (3.0 A)
4100
5150
6200
14
mΩ
mA
–
–
–
4800
5800
ILIMIT[1:0] = 10 (4.2 A)
4750
5900
7000
ILIMIT[1:0] = 11 (5.0 A)
5600
6900
8200
10
20
30
mA
5.5
V
4.8
V
Input voltage (functional)
VSYS
max
(VOUT +
0.4, 2.3)
VSYS
max
(VOUT +
MinDO
V, 2.5)
IOUT = 2.0 A
MinDOV
µH
3900
SW = 0 V
Dropout voltage (performance)
(DOV = VIN – VOUT)
mΩ
ILIMIT[1:0] = 01 (3.3 A)
Input current limit under short-circuit
conditions
Input voltage (performance)
µF
20
ILIMIT[1:0] = 01 (2.0 A)
ILIMIT[1:0] = 00 (No current limitation)
UNIT
µF
Filter capacitor ESR
NMOS current limit (high side)
(3.0-A mode)
VINF
MAX
0.55
IOUT = 2.5 A
0.7
IOUT = 3.0 A
0.85
IOUT = 3.3 A
0.91
IOUT = 4.2 A
1.15
IOUT = 5.0 A
1.38
Specifications
3.8
mA
V
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
Table 4-1. SMPS1 Switched-Mode Regulator Electrical Characteristics (continued)
TDCOV
IOUT
Total DC output voltage accuracy
(5-A mode)
Includes voltage references, DC
load/line regulations, process, and
temperature
(–2.4%/+3.2%) VOUT > 0.75 V
(–3.4%/+4.2%) VOUT < 0.75 V
Rated output current
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
0.6 V
1.0 V
1.2 V
1.3 V
1.8 V
0.591
0.995
1.194
1.293
1.791
0.608
1.013
1.216
1.317
1.824
0.634
1.045
1.255
1.359
1.882
V
0.6 V
1.0 V
1.2 V
1.35 V
1.5 V
0.587
0.989
1.187
1.334
1.483
0.608
1.013
1.216
1.367
1.519
0.634
1.045
1.255
1.411
1.568
V
PWM mode: SMPS1 (3-A mode)
3000
PWM mode: SMPS1 (5-A mode) (1)
5000
PFM mode
VOUT
RV
DCLDR
DCLNR
TLDR
DC load regulation, ∆VOUT/VOUT
DC line regulation, ∆VOUT/VOUT
1.3
High range
0.7
1.4
Step size
12.5
mV
Other selectable voltages
1.35
1.5
1.8
1.9
2.1
V
Extended voltage range, multiplier for nominal
levels (enabled by OTP bit)
3.0476
PWM mode (3-A mode), ILOAD = 0 to IOUTmax
10
20
PWM mode (5-A mode), ILOAD = 0 to IOUTmax
15
30
PFM mode, ∆VOUT/VOUT
1.9 %
3.8 %
PWM mode, (3-A mode): IOUT = 0 to IOUTmax
0.25 %
0.6 %
PWM mode, (5-A mode): IOUT = 0 to IOUTmax
0.6 %
1.2 %
PWM mode, (3-A mode): VIN = VINPmin to
VINPmax, IOUT = IOUTmax
0.8 %
1.6 %
PWM mode, (5-A mode): VIN = VINPmin to
VINPmax, IOUT = IOUTmax
1.4 %
2.5 %
mVpp
p-p
12
20
mV
Transient load regulation
(5-A mode)
1.2 V
IOUT = 1.5 to 5.0 A, tR/tF = 1 µs
67
101
mV
VIN step = ±600 mV
Rise/fall time = 10 µs, VOUT < 0.75 V
0.7 %
1.4 %
VOUT ≥ 0.75 V
0.5 %
1.0 %
VIN step = ±600 mV
Rise/fall time = 10 µs, VOUT < 0.75 V
1.0 %
1.9 %
VOUT ≥ 0.75 V
Transient line regulation, (5-A
mode), TLNR/VOUT
Off to on
0.8 %
1.5 %
IOUT = 200 mA, VOUT within accuracy limits
350
500
IOUT = 0, VOUT down to 10% x VOUT
250
500
tOFF
On to off
With 44 µF output capacitance: IOUT = 0, VOUT
down to 10% x VOUT
RPD
Pulldown resistor
Off mode
SR
Slew rate during rise time
From 0.1 × VOUT to 0.9 × VOUT
Slew rate
From VOUT = 0.6 V to VOUT = 1.3 V ±5%, ILOAD =
ILOADmax, <SMPS>_CFG_STEP = 6 (minimum)
SRDVS
V
1.0 V
IOUT = 10 to 500 mA, tR/tF = 100 ns
TLNR
(1)
0.6
Transient load regulation
(3-A mode)
Transient line regulation, (3-A
mode), TLNR/VOUT
tON
200
Low range
Output voltage, programmable
Ripple voltage
Measured with 20-MHz LPF
mA
800
3.8
11
µs
µs
7.5
15
Ω
30
150
mV/us
12.7
14
mV/µs
Lifetime is 75,000 power on hours (POH) at maximum junction temperature of 125°C and VOUT ≤ 1.4 V and 50,000 POH at maximum
junction temperature of 125°C and VOUT > 1.4 V.
Specifications
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
15
PRODUCT PREVIEW
PARAMETER
Total DC output voltage accuracy
(3-A mode)
Includes voltage references, DC
load/line regulations, process, and
temperature
(–1.8%/+3.2%) VOUT > 0.75 V
(–2.8%/+4.2%) VOUT < 0.75 V
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
www.ti.com
Table 4-1. SMPS1 Switched-Mode Regulator Electrical Characteristics (continued)
PARAMETER
Output voltage settling time (normal
mode)
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
From VOUT = 0.6 V to VOUT = 1.3 V ±5%, ILOAD =
ILOADmax
50
57
65
µs
100
mV
2.6
3
3.5
MHz
Off mode, T = 25°C
0.1
0.25
Off mode
0.2
1
PFM mode, no switching
25
µA
PWM mode
IOUT = 0 mA, VIN = 3.8 V
12
mA
Overshoot
fSW
Switching frequency
IQOFF
Off ground current
IQ
On ground current
µA
Table 4-2. SMPS2 Switched-Mode Regulator Electrical Characteristics
PARAMETER
CI
CO
MIN
TYP
0.6
4.7
Output filter capacitor: (Option 1)
4
10
15
Output filter capacitor: (Option 2)
11
22
29
Filter capacitor ESR
PRODUCT PREVIEW
LO
DCRL
1
10
20
1.0
1.3
Filter inductor: (Option 2)
0.2
0.5
0.65
50
100
Filter inductor DC resistance
Filter inductor Q factor
µF
mΩ
µH
mΩ
> 6 MHz
20
ILIMIT[1:0] = 00 (No current limitation)
–
–
–
ILIMIT[1:0] = 01 (1.4 A)
2050
2550
3100
ILIMIT[1:0] = 10 (1.8 A)
2400
3000
3500
ILIMIT[1:0] = 11 (2.5 A)
3100
3800
4400
10
20
30
mA
5.5
V
4.8
V
SW = 0 V
VINF
Input voltage (functional)
VSYS
max
(VOUT +
0.4, 2.3)
VINP
Input voltage (performance)
VSYS
max
(VOUT +
MinDO
V, 2.5)
Dropout voltage (performance)
(DOV = VIN – VOUT)
UNIT
µF
0.4
Input current limit under short-circuit
conditions
MinDOV
16
f = [1 to 10] MHz
MAX
Filter inductor: (Option 1)
PMOS current limit (high side)
(1)
TEST CONDITIONS
Input capacitor
IOUT = 0.5 A
0.3 (1)
IOUT = 0.8 A
0.5
IOUT = 1.0 A
0.6
IOUT = 1.2 A
0.7
IOUT = 1.5 A
0.9
IOUT = 1.8 A
1.1
IOUT = 2.0 A
1.2
IOUT = 2.2 A
1.3
IOUT = 2.5 A (Option 1)
1.5
IOUT = 2.5 A (Option 2)
1.7
3.8
mA
V
Minimum dropout voltage of 0.5 V is needed to ensure PFM operation with VOUT > 2.1 V.
Specifications
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
Table 4-2. SMPS2 Switched-Mode Regulator Electrical Characteristics (continued)
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
Total DC output voltage accuracy
(Option 1)
Includes voltage references, DC
load/line regulations, process, and
temperature
(–1.2%/+2.4%) VOUT > 0.75 V
0.6 V
1.1 V
1.225 V
1.3 V
1.35 V
1.8 V
1.9 V
2.1 V
0.601
1.101
1.226
1.301
1.352
1.801
1.902
2.101
0.608
1.114
1.241
1.317
1.368
1.823
1.925
2.127
0.623
1.141
1.271
1.349
1.401
1.867
1.971
2.178
V
Total DC output voltage accuracy
(Option 2)
Includes voltage references, DC
load/line regulations, process, and
temperature
(–1.7%/+2.4%) VOUT > 0.75 V
0.6 V
1.1 V
1.225 V
1.3 V
1.35 V
1.8 V
1.9 V
2.1 V
0.598
1.095
1.220
1.295
1.345
1.792
1.892
2.091
0.608
1.114
1.241
1.317
1.368
1.823
1.925
2.127
0.623
1.141
1.271
1.349
1.401
1.867
1.971
2.178
V
TDCOV
IOUT
VOUT
Rated output current
TEST CONDITIONS
PWM mode
0.6
1.3
High range
0.7
1.4
Ripple voltage
(Option 2)
Measured with 20-MHz LPF
DCLDR
DCLNR
DC load regulation, ∆VOUT/VOUT
DC line regulation, ∆VOUT/VOUT
Transient load regulation,
∆VOUT/VOUT
(Option 1)
TLDR
Transient load regulation,
∆VOUT/VOUT
(Option 2)
TLNR
tON
Transient line regulation, TLNR/VOUT
Off to on
mA
V
Step size
12.5
mV
Other selectable voltages
1.35
1.5
1.8
1.9
2.1
V
Extended voltage range, multiplier for nominal
levels (enabled by OTP bit)
RV
200
Low range
Output voltage, programmable
Ripple voltage
(Option 1)
Measured with 20-MHz LPF
2500
PFM mode
3.0476
PWM mode: IOUT = 0 to 2.2 A
5
10
mVpp
PWM mode: IOUT = 0 to IOUTmax
5
15
mVpp
1.0 %
2.0 %
p-p
mVpp
PFM mode, ∆VOUT/VOUT
PWM mode: ILOAD = 0 to IOUTmax
15
25
PFM mode, VOUT > 0.75 V, ∆VOUT/VOUT
1.0 %
2.0 %
PFM mode, VOUT < 0.75 V, ∆VOUT/VOUT
1.5 %
3.0 %
PWM mode, (Option 1): IOUT = 0 to IOUTmax
0.25 %
0.5 %
PWM mode, (Option 2): IOUT = 0 to IOUTmax
0.25 %
1.2 %
PWM mode, VIN = VINPmin to VINPmax, IOUT =
IOUTmax
0.8 %
1.6 %
VOUT < 0.75 V
IOUT = 0 to 150 mA, tR/tF = 100 ns
IOUT = 50 to 250 mA, tR/tF = 100 ns
IOUT = 350 to 800 mA, tR/tF = 100 ns
3.3 %
4.2 %
VOUT ≥ 0.75 V
IOUT = 0 to 150 mA, tR/tF = 100 ns
IOUT = 50 to 250 mA, tR/tF = 100 ns
IOUT = 350 to 800 mA, tR/tF = 100 ns
2.8 %
3.6 %
VOUT < 0.75 V
IOUT = 0 to 150 mA, tR/tF = 100 ns
IOUT = 50 to 250 mA, tR/tF = 100 ns
IOUT = 350 to 800 mA, tR/tF = 100 ns
1.5 %
3.0 %
VOUT ≥ 0.75 V
IOUT = 0 to 150 mA, tR/tF = 100 ns
IOUT = 50 to 250 mA, tR/tF = 100 ns
IOUT = 350 to 800 mA, tR/tF = 100 ns
1.3 %
2.5 %
VIN step = ±600 mV
Rise/fall time = 10 µs, VOUT < 0.75 V
0.7 %
1.4 %
VOUT ≥ 0.75 V
0.5 %
1.0 %
350
500
IOUT = 200 mA, VOUT within accuracy limits
Specifications
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
p-p
µs
17
PRODUCT PREVIEW
PARAMETER
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
www.ti.com
Table 4-2. SMPS2 Switched-Mode Regulator Electrical Characteristics (continued)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
tOFF
On to off
IOUT = 0, VOUT down to 10% x VOUT
RPD
Pulldown resistor
Off mode
SR
Slew rate during rise time
From 0.1 × VOUT to 0.9 × VOUT
Slew rate
From VOUT = 0.6 V to VOUT = 1.3 V ±5%, ILOAD =
ILOADmax, <SMPS>_CFG_STEP = 6 (minimum)
Output voltage settling time (normal
mode)
From VOUT = 0.6 V to VOUT = 1.3 V ±5%, ILOAD =
ILOADmax
SRDVS
TYP
MAX
UNIT
250
500
µs
7.5
15
Ω
30
150
mV/µs
11
12.7
14
mV/µs
50
57
65
µs
100
mV
MHz
3.8
Overshoot
fSW
Switching frequency
IQOFF
Off ground current
IQ
On ground current
6
6.6
Off mode, T = 25°C
4.5
0.1
0.25
Off mode
0.2
1
PFM mode, no switching
35
50
PWM mode,
IOUT = 0 mA, VIN = 3.8 V
12
µA
µA
mA
Table 4-3. SMPS3, SMPS4, SMPS5 Switched-Mode Regulators Electrical Characteristics
PRODUCT PREVIEW
PARAMETER
CI
TEST CONDITIONS
Input capacitor
CO
Filter capacitor ESR
LO
f = [1 to 10] MHz
Filter inductor
DCRL
Filter inductor Q factor
> 6 MHz
TDCOV
IOUT
(1)
18
4
10
15
µF
1
10
20
mΩ
0.4
1.0
1.3
µH
50
100
mΩ
–
–
1620
2000
ILIMIT[1:0] = 1X
1640
2050
2520
10
20
30
mA
5.5
V
4.8
V
VSYS
max
(VOUT +
0.4, 2.3)
VSYS
max
(VOUT +
MinDO
V, 2.5)
IOUT = 0.5 A
0.41 (1)
IOUT = 0.8 A
0.65
IOUT = 1.0 A
0.9
Rated output current
µF
–
Input voltage (functional)
Total DC output voltage accuracy
Includes voltage references, DC
load/line regulations, process, and
temperature
(–1.2%/+2.4%) VOUT > 0.75 V
UNIT
1300
SW = 0 V
Dropout voltage (performance)
(DOV = VIN – VOUT)
MAX
ILIMIT[1:0] = 01
Input current limit under short-circuit
conditions
Input voltage (performance)
MinDOV
4.7
20
ILIMIT[1:0] = 00 (No current limitation)
VINP
TYP
0.6
Filter inductor DC resistance
PMOS current limit (high side)
VINF
MIN
0.6 V
1.1 V
1.225 V
1.3 V
1.35 V
1.8 V
1.9 V
2.1 V
0.601
1.101
1.226
1.301
1.352
1.801
1.902
2.101
3.8
V
0.608
1.114
1.241
1.317
1.368
1.823
1.925
2.127
PWM mode
0.623
1.141
1.271
1.349
1.401
1.867
1.971
2.178
1100
PFM mode
mA
200
V
mA
Minimum dropout voltage of 0.5 V is needed to ensure PFM operation with VOUT > 2.1 V.
Specifications
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
Table 4-3. SMPS3, SMPS4, SMPS5 Switched-Mode Regulators Electrical Characteristics (continued)
VOUT
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
DCLDR
DCLNR
TLDR
TLNR
MAX
0.6
1.3
High range
0.7
1.4
UNIT
V
Step size
12.5
mV
Other selectable voltages
1.35
1.5
1.8
1.9
2.1
V
Output voltage, programmable
Extended voltage range, multiplier for nominal
levels (enabled by OTP bit)
RV
TYP
Low range
3.0476
Ripple voltage
Measured with 20-MHz LPF
PWM mode: ILOAD = 0 to IOUTmax
5
10
mVpp
PFM mode, ∆VOUT/VOUT
1.0 %
2.0 %
p-p
DC load regulation, ∆VOUT/VOUT
PWM mode: IOUT = 0 to IOUTmax
0.25 %
0.5 %
DC line regulation, ∆VOUT/VOUT
PWM mode, VIN = VINPmin to VINPmax, IOUT =
IOUTmax
0.8 %
1.6 %
VOUT < 0.75 V
IOUT = 0 to 150 mA, tR/tF = 100 ns
IOUT = 50 to 250 mA, tR/tF = 100 ns
IOUT = 150 to 400 mA, tR/tF = 100 ns
2.0 %
3.0 %
VOUT ≥ 0.75 V
IOUT = 0 to 150 mA, tR/tF = 100 ns
IOUT = 50 to 250 mA, tR/tF = 100 ns
IOUT = 150 to 400 mA, tR/tF = 100 ns
1.0 %
1.5 %
VIN step = ±600 mV
Rise/fall time = 10 µs, VOUT < 0.75 V
0.7 %
1.4 %
VOUT ≥ 0.75 V
0.5 %
1.0 %
Transient load regulation,
∆VOUT/VOUT
Transient line regulation, TLNR/VOUT
tON
Off to on
IOUT = 200 mA, VOUT within accuracy limits
350
500
µs
tOFF
On to off
IOUT = 0, VOUT down to 10% x VOUT
250
500
µs
RPD
Pulldown resistor
Off mode
7.5
15
Ω
SR
Slew rate during rise time
From 0.1 × VOUT to 0.9 × VOUT
30
150
mV/µs
Slew rate
SMPS5
From VOUT = 0.6 V to VOUT = 1.3 V ±5%, ILOAD =
ILOADmax, <SMPS>_CFG_STEP = 6 (minimum)
11
12.7
14
mV/µs
Output voltage settling time (normal
mode) SMPS5
From VOUT = 0.6 V to VOUT = 1.3 V ±5%, ILOAD =
ILOADmax
50
57
65
µs
100
mV
5.4
6
6.6
MHz
Off mode, T = 25°C
0.1
0.25
Off mode
0.2
1
PFM mode, no switching
35
50
PWM mode,
IOUT = 0 mA, VIN = 3.8 V
8
SRDVS
3.8
Overshoot
fSW
Switching frequency
IQOFF
Off ground current
IQ
On ground current
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
µA
mA
Specifications
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
µA
19
PRODUCT PREVIEW
PARAMETER
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
4.5.2
www.ti.com
LDO Regulators
Table 4-4 lists the LDO regulators electrical characteristics.
Over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)
Table 4-4. LDO Regulators Electrical Characteristics
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
Connected from LDO_IN to GND. Shared input tank
capacitance (depending on platform requirements
and power tree)
0.3
2.2
MAX
UNIT
LDO Regulators
CIN
Input filtering capacitor
Connected from CHRG_PMID to GND
0.9
4.7
COUT
Output filtering capacitor
Connected from LDO output to GND
0.6
2.2
2.7
µF
Filtering DC capacitor ESR
< 100 kHz
20
100
600
mΩ
Filtering AC capacitor ESR
[1 to 10] MHz
1
10
20
mΩ
RESR
PRODUCT PREVIEW
VINF
VINP
20
Input voltage (functional)
Input voltage (performance)
µF
6.5
VRTC, VBRTC: VSYS during ACTIVE, SLEEP and
WAIT-ON state
2.3
5.5
VRTC, VBRTC: VSYS during BACKUP state
1.9
3.1
VRTC, VBRTC: VBACKUP during BACKUP state
1.9
5.5
LDO1_IN, LDO2_IN, LDO3_IN, LDO4_IN,
LDO5_IN, LDO6_IN, LDO7_IN, LDOLN_IN (VOUT ≥
1.5 V)
TDCOV +
DV – 0.2
5.5
LDO1_IN, LDO2_IN, LDO3_IN, LDO4_IN,
LDO5_IN, LDO6_IN, LDO7_IN, LDOLN_IN (VOUT <
1.5 V)
1.8
5.5
VANA
2.3
5.5
LDOUSB: Supplied from VSYS
3.5
5.5
LDOUSB: Supplied from CHRG_PMID
3.5
6.8
VRTC, VBRTC
2.5
3.8
4.8
VANA
2.5
3.8
4.8
LDO1_IN, LDO2_IN, LDO3_IN, LDO4_IN,
LDO5_IN, LDO6_IN, LDO7_IN, LDOLN_IN (VOUT ≥
1.5 V)
TDCOV +
DV
3.8
4.8
LDO1_IN, LDO2_IN, LDO3_IN, LDO4_IN,
LDO5_IN, LDO6_IN, LDO7_IN, LDOLN_IN (VOUT <
1.5 V)
1.8
3.8
4.8
LDOUSB: from VSYS
3.6
3.8
4.8
LDOUSB: from CHRG_PMID, OVV protection
4.3
5.0
5.5
Specifications
V
V
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
Table 4-4. LDO Regulators Electrical Characteristics (continued)
TDCOV
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
1.0 V, _IN ≥ 2.5 V
1.0 V, _IN < 2.5 V
1.2 V, _IN ≥ 2.5 V
1.2 V, _IN < 2.5 V
1.3 V, _IN ≥ 2.5 V
Total DC output voltage
1.3 V, _IN < 2.5 V
accuracy
1.8 V
Includes voltage references, DC 1.9 V
load/line regulations, process
2.0 V
and temperature
2.1 V
(–1.7%/1.2%), _IN ≥ 2.5 V
2.2 V
(–3.0%/1.2%), _IN < 2.5 V and 2.3 V
VOUT < 1.5 V
2.4 V
(except VRTC, VBRTC and
2.5 V
VANA)
2.75 V
2.8 V
2.9 V
3.0 V
3.3 V
3.3 V (LDOUSB)
1.001
0.987
1.202
1.185
1.301
1.283
1.801
1.902
2.002
2.102
2.203
2.302
2.402
2.503
2.753
2.802
2.903
3.003
3.304
3.245
1.018
1.018
1.222
1.222
1.323
1.323
1.832
1.934
2.036
2.138
2.240
2.341
2.443
2.545
2.800
2.850
2.952
3.054
3.359
3.301
1.030
1.030
1.236
1.236
1.339
1.339
1.854
1.957
2.060
2.163
2.266
2.369
2.472
2.575
2.834
2.884
2.987
3.090
3.399
3.341
V
VBRTC
VRTC
VANA
1.550
1.801
2.102
1.805
1.832
2.138
1.854
1.890
2.163
V
Dropout voltage
_IN ≥ 2.3 V
DV
Dropout voltage
_IN ≥ 1.8 V
IOUT
Rated output current
TEST CONDITIONS
LDO6, LDOLN: IOUT = IOUTmax
150
LDO5, LDO7: IOUT = 50 mA
140
LDOUSB
200
LDO1, LDO2, LDO3, LDO4, LDO5, LDO7, VRTC:
VINPmin = TDCOV + DV
300
LDO6, LDOLN: IOUT = IOUTmax
250
LDO1, LDO2, LDO3, LDO4, LDO5, LDO7: VINPmin =
TDCOV + DV
400
VBRTC
1.5
VANA, VRTC
25
LDOLN
50
LDO1: VOUT ≤ 2.75 V
50
LDO1: VOUT ≥ 2.8 V
80
LDOUSB
100
LDO2, LDO3, LDO4, LDO5, LDO6, LDO7
200
LDO6 (DV = 300 mV, VOUT ≥ 1.8 V)
VOUT
ILIMIT
Output voltage, programmable
(except VRTC, VBRTC and
VANA)
Load current limitation
Range
mV
mA
250
1.0
Step size
3.3
100
Additional selectable voltage level
V
mV
2.75
V
VANA, VRTC, LDO1, LDOLN
100
250
400
LDOUSB
150
250
600
LDO2, LDO3, LDO4, LDO5, LDO6, LDO7
400
650
900
4
10
0.1 %
0.2 %
100
500
µs
250
500
µs
60
80
Ω
DCLDR
DC load regulation, ∆VOUT /
VOUT
IOUT = 0 to IOUTmax
DCLNR
DC line regulation, ∆VOUT /
VOUT
VIN = VINPmin to VINPmax
IOUT = IOUTmax
tON
Turn-on time
IOUT = 0 , VOUT = 0.1 V up to VOUTmin
tOFF
Turn-off time (except VRTC and
IOUT = 0, VOUT down to 10% x VOUT
VBRTC)
RPD
Pulldown resistor (except VRTC
Off mode
and VBRTC)
40
Specifications
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
PRODUCT PREVIEW
PARAMETER
mA
mV
21
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
www.ti.com
Table 4-4. LDO Regulators Electrical Characteristics (continued)
PARAMETER
Power supply ripple rejection
(Except LDO1)
PSRR
Power supply ripple rejection
(LDO1: DV > 550 mV)
IQOFF
IQ0
αQ
PRODUCT PREVIEW
TLDR
TLNR
Off ground current
On ground current
On ground current coefficient
On mode, IQOUT = IQ0 + αQ ×
IOUT
Transient load regulation,
∆VOUT / VOUT
MIN
TYP
f = 217 Hz, IOUT = IOUTmax
TEST CONDITIONS
45
90
f = 50 kHz, IOUT = IOUTmax
35
45
f = 1 MHz, IOUT = IOUTmax
20
35
f = 217 Hz, IOUT = IOUTmax
45
90
f = 50 kHz, IOUT = IOUTmax
35
45
f = 1 MHz, IOUT = IOUTmax
20
MAX
dB
35
Off mode, T = 25°C
0.05
0.15
Off mode
0.2
1
IOUT = 0, (except LDOLN, LDOUSB, VANA, VRTC,
VBRTC)
12
18
29
IOUT = 0, LDOLN
75
150
175
IOUT = 0, LDOUSB, from VSYS, ACTIVE state
60
IOUT = 0, LDOUSB, from VSYS, SLEEP state
40
IOUT = 0, LDOUSB, from CHRG_PMID
20
IOUT < 100 µA
4%
100 µA < IOUT < 1 mA
2%
IOUT > 1 mA
1%
On mode, IOUT = 10 mA to IOUTmax / 2,
tR = tF = 1 µs
–25
28
On mode, IOUT = 100 µA to IOUTmax / 2,
tR = tF = 1 µs
–50
33
0.25 %
0.6 %
Transient line regulation, ∆VOUT
VIN step = 600 mVPP, tR = tF = 10 µs
/ VOUT (LDO6)
0.25 %
1.0 %
100 Hz < f < 10 kHz
5000
8000
10 kHz < f < 100 kHz
1250
2500
100 kHz < f < 1 MHz
150
300
f > 1 MHz
250
500
100 Hz < f < 5 kHz
200
400
5 kHz < f < 400 kHz
62
125
400 kHz < f < 10 MHz
25
50
Vnoise
Noise (LDOLN)
µA
µA
mV
Transient line regulation, ∆VOUT
VIN step = 600 mVPP, tR = tF = 10 µs
/ VOUT (except LDO6)
Noise (except LDOLN)
UNIT
nV/√H
z
nV/√H
z
LDO3 When Used As Vibrator Driver
Output regulated output range
Configurable step of 100 mV
1.0
3.3
V
COUT
Output filtering capacitor
Connected between LDO3 output and GND
0.6
2.2
2.7
µF
LVibrator
Vibrator load inductance
70
350
700
µH
RVibrator
Vibrator load resistance
15
40
50
Ω
22
Specifications
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
4.5.3
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
Reference Generator
Table 4-5 lists the reference generator electrical characteristics.
Table 4-5. Reference Generator Electrical Characteristics
PARAMETER
COUT
RBias
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
Filtering capacitor
Connected between VBG and
REFGND
TEST CONDITIONS
30
100
150
nF
Biasing resistor (±1%) at 25°C
Connected between IREF and
REFGND
505
510
515
kΩ
50
ppm/°C
Biasing resistor (±1%) temperature
coefficient
Input voltage VINP
IQ
Ground current
tstartup
Start-up time
Performance
1.9
3.8
5.5
V
15
20
40
µA
1
3
ms
PRODUCT PREVIEW
VINP
Specifications
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
23
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
4.5.4
www.ti.com
Crystal Oscillator
Table 4-6 lists the crystal oscillator electrical characteristics.
Table 4-6. Crystal Oscillator Electrical Characteristics
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
Crystal Characteristics
fosc
Crystal frequency
at specified load capacitor value
Crystal tolerance
T = 25°C
B
Secondary temperature coefficient
RESR
Crystal series resistor
DL
Operating drive level
CL
Crystal load capacitor (according to
crystal data sheet)
Cshunt
Shunt capacitor
Q
Quality factor
32768
–20
–0.04
0
–0.035
at fundamental frequency
0.1
Hz
20
–0.03
1.4
2
90
kΩ
0.5
µW
12.5
8000
ppm
ppm/°C
pF
2.6
pF
80000
Crystal Oscillator External Components
PRODUCT PREVIEW
VRTC power supply external
filtering capacitor
CLoad
Load capacitors on OSC32KIN and
OSC32KOUT
External capacitor includes the
parasitics of PCB
Frequency accuracy (taking into
account crystal tolerance and
internal load capacitors variation)
OSC32KCAP
0.6
2.2
2.7
9
8
15
10
17
12
9
0
15
0
17
0
at 25°C, normal and HP modes
–30
0
30
at 25°C, backup mode
–80
0
80
Normal and high-performance (HP)
mode:
External capacitor
Internal capacitance
Backup mode:
External capacitor
Internal capacitance
Oscillator capacitor ratio: COSC32KIN/
COSC32KOUT
µF
pF
ppm
1
Square Wave Input Clock for Bypass
Frequency
Input bypass clock
OSC32KIN input
OSC32KOUT floating
Duty cycle
32768
40
Rise and fall time (10% to 90%)
Hz
50 %
60 %
10
20
ns
1
ms
Setup time
Crystal Oscillator Characteristics
Frequency temperature coefficient
Oscillator contribution in normal and
HP modes (not including the crystal
variations)
SSB phase noise at a 1-kHz offset
from the carrier
HP mode OSC_HPMODE = 1
–125
dBc/Hz
SSB phase noise at a 100-Hz offset
from the carrier
HP mode OSC_HPMODE = 1
–105
dBc/Hz
Cycle jitter short term (peak-topeak)
Normal mode OSC_HPMODE = 0
25
ns
Integrated jitter (HP mode)
Tstartup
Startup time for power on
Sixth harmonic mode rejection
RS32/RS200
24
±0.5
ppm/°C
20 Hz to 20 kHz flat
0.86
80 Hz to 20 kHz flat
0.43
Shunt capacitor ≤ 1.4 pF
300
Shunt capacitor 1.4 to 2.6 pF
400
Oscillator ratio between negative
resistance at 32 kHz and negative
resistance at 200 kHz (sixth
harmonic)
Specifications
nsRMS
ms
10
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
Table 4-6. Crystal Oscillator Electrical Characteristics (continued)
PARAMETER
IQ
TRise,TFall
4.5.5
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
z
1.5
3
5
20
µA
Ground current
Crystal mounted:
- Backup mode (at 25°C)
- Normal mode: OSC_HPMODE = 0
- HP mode: OSC_HPMODE = 1
- Start-up (boost) phase
Duty cycle CLK32KAO/CLK32KG
Logic output signal
40
50 %
60 %
Rise and fall time (10% to 20%)
CLK32KAO/CLK32KG
5
20
100
ns
TYP
MAX
UNIT
RC Oscillators
Table 4-7 lists the RC oscillators electrical characteristics.
Table 4-7. RC Oscillators Electrical Characteristics
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
32-kHz RC Oscillator
Output frequency
32768
Output frequency accuracy
After trimming
–10 %
Cycle jitter (RMS)
D
Hz
10 %
10 %
Output duty cycle
40 %
50 %
Settling time
IQ
Active current consumption
IQOFF
Power-down current
4
60 %
150
µs
8
µA
30
nA
6-MHz RC Oscillator
fOUT
Output frequency
6
Output frequency accuracy
After trimming
0%
10 %
40 %
50 %
60 %
Cycle jitter (RMS)
D
5%
Output duty cycle
Settling time
IQ
Active current consumption
IQOFF
Power-down current
4.5.6
MHz
–10 %
5
µs
70
µA
50
nA
TYP
MAX
UNIT
25
50
µs
7
10
µA
30
nA
35
CLK32KAUDIO Buffer
Table 4-8 lists the CLK32AUDIO buffer electrical characteristics.
Table 4-8. CLK32KAUDIO Buffer Electrical Characteristics
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
Settling time
IQ
Active current consumption
IQOFF
Power down current
VHOUT
High output level
5
VRTC supply
Duty cycle degradation contribution
Integrated jitter contribution
CLoad
External output load
TRise,
TFall
Output rise/fall time
IOUT
Output drive strength
1.832
–2 %
20 Hz to 20 kHz flat
80 Hz to 20 kHz flat
V
2%
25
10
50
20
psRMS
5
10
50
pF
Output load = 10 pF
5
7.5
10
ns
VOL = 0.2 V
–1
–2
VOH = VHOUT – 0.2 V
1
2
Specifications
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
mA
25
PRODUCT PREVIEW
fOUT
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
4.5.7
www.ti.com
Backup Battery Charger
Table 4-9 lists the backup battery charger electrical characteristics.
Table 4-9. Backup Battery Charger Electrical Characteristics
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
VBACKUP to GPADC input
attenuation
VBACKUP from 2.4 to 4.5 V
0.2
0.25
0.35
V/V
Backup battery charging current
VBACKUP = 0 to 2.6 V
BB_CHG_EN = 1
350
650
900
µA
IVBACKUP = –10 µA, BB_SEL = 00
(VSYS > 3.2 V)
2.90
3.00
3.10
IVBACKUP = –10 µA, BB_SEL = 01
(VSYS > 2.7 V)
2.42
2.52
2.60
IVBACKUP = –10 µA, BB_SEL = 10
(VSYS > 3.35 V)
3.05
3.15
3.25
V
IVBACKUP = –10 µA, BB_SEL = 11
(VSYS > 2.5 V)
VSYS – 0.3
VSYS
IVBACKUP = –10 µA, BB_SEL = XX
(VSYS < 2.5 V)
VSYS – 0.2
VSYS
µA
Backup Battery Charger
ICharge
VCharge
End backup battery charging
voltage: VBBCHGEND
PRODUCT PREVIEW
IQ
Current consumption
BB_CHG_EN = 1, IVBACKUP = 0 µA
10
RSeries
Backup battery serial resistance
Without additional capacitor in
parallel
20
With additional capacitor in parallel
COUT
4.5.8
Ω
1500
Capacitance of the additional
capacitor (C44)
2.0
4.7
µF
Switched-Mode System Supply Regulator
Table 4-10 lists the system supply regulator electrical characteristics.
Table 4-10. System Supply Regulator Electrical Characteristics
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
0 V < VBUS < 5.25 V
1.2
4.7
6.5
µF
0 V < VBUS < 6 V
0.9
4.7
6.5
µF
ESR (1 to 10 MHz)
1
10
20
mΩ
0 V < VBUS < 5.25 V
1.2
4.7
6.5
0 V < VBUS < 6 V
0.9
4.7
6.5
ESR (1 to 10 MHz)
1
10
20
3
10
15
µF
20
mΩ
Switched-Mode System Supply Regulator
CVBUS
CPMID
VBUS capacitor (connected
between VBUS and PGND)
PMID capacitor (connected
between PMID and PGND)
CCSOUT
Output capacitor (connected
between CSOUT and PGND)
0 V < CSOUT < 4.5 V
CCSIN
Output capacitor (connected
between CSIN and PGND)
0 V < CSIN < 4.5 V
CBOOT
Bootstrap capacitor (connected
between BOOT and SW)
0 V < VREF < 6.5 V
CVREF
Reference voltage capacitor
(connected between VREF and
PGND)
L
Coil (option 1), (connected
between SW and CSIN)
Inductance
R9
Sense resistor (connected
between CSIN and CSOUT)
26
ESR (1 to 10 MHz)
20
100
ESR (100 kHz)
150
nF
400
mΩ
100
200
nF
200
mΩ
0.7
2.2
2.86
µF
20
mΩ
ESR (1 to 10 MHz)
0.7
1
DCR
Specifications
mΩ
50
ESR (9 MHz)
Short circuited with power path
µF
–1%
68 mΩ
1.45
µH
130
mΩ
+1%
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
Table 4-10. System Supply Regulator Electrical Characteristics (continued)
IVBUS
IVBUS_LEAK
VBUS supply current control
Leakage current from battery to
VBUS ball
TYP
MAX
UNIT
CHRG_SW
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
1.5
1.545
A
VBUS > VBUSmin, PWM switching
10
5
0°C < TJ < 85°C, HZ_MODE= 1,
32S mode
30
µA
0°C < TJ < 85°C, CSOUT = 4.2 V,
Hi-Z mode
5
µA
Output voltage for
preconditioning/precharge
Output voltage for full charge
mode
VSYS
Nominal output voltage,
programmable
Voltage regulation accuracy
(except full charge mode), IOUT <
200 mA
Nominal output current Without
power Path, programmable
VICHRG
Current accuracy
VAC_DET
VAC detection
VBUS detection
VBUS_DET
20-mV steps
3.50
3.8
V
VBAT + ΔLIN
V
3.54
4.76
T = 25°C
–0.5 %
0.5 %
0°C < T < 125°C
–1.0 %
1.0 %
With R9 = 68 mΩ
300
1500
IOCHARGE ≤ 500 mA
–5 %
5%
IOCHARGE ≥ 600 mA
–3 %
V
mA
3%
VAC_DET rising edge threshold
2.9
3.4
3.6
VAC_DET falling edge threshold
2.7
3.0
3.4
Hysteresis
100
135
350
VBUS_DET rising edge threshold
2.9
3.4
3.6
VBUS_DET falling edge threshold
2.8
3.0
3.35
Hysteresis
50
135
170
mV
25
30
36
ms
VAC/VBUS detection deglitch
time
VVBUS_MIN
mA
VBUS > VBUSmin, PWM not
switching
V
mV
V
VBUS input voltage lower limit
Input power source detection for
battery charging, threshold for falling
edge
3.6
3.8
4.0
V
Deglitch time for VBUS rising
above VVBUS_MIN
Rising voltage, 2-mV overdrive, tR =
100 ns
4
5
6
ms
Hysteresis for VVBUS_MIN
Input voltage rising
100
200
mV
VBUS collapse threshold
Input current is automatically
reduced, programmable, 80-mV
steps
4.2
4.76
V
–2 %
2%
VBUS DPM loop kick-in threshold
accuracy
tint
Detection interval
Input power source detection
1.7
IIN_LIMIT
VBUS input current-limiting
threshold
Programmable
100
Accuracy
PRODUCT PREVIEW
PARAMETER
Maximum output average current
2
2.6
s
2250
mA
–15 %
–9 %
–1 %
0
40
100
mV
System Supply Regulator, Sleep Comparator (To Detect USB Unplug)
VSLP
SLEEP state entry threshold
VBUS above CSOUT, 2.3 V ≤
CSOUT ≤ VOREG, VBUS falling
VSLP_ EXIT
SLEEP state exit hysteresis
2.3 V ≤ CSOUT ≤ VOREG
140
200
260
mV
Deglitch time for VBUS rising
above VSLP + VSLP_EXIT
Rising voltage, 2-mV overdrive, tR =
100 ns
31
32
34
ms
System Supply Regulator, Battery Detection (Enabled by OTP Bit)
IDETECT battery detection
current before charge done (sink
current)
Begins after termination detected,
CSOUT ≤ VOREG
TDETECT battery detection time
–0.45
215
262
mA
335
Specifications
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
ms
27
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
www.ti.com
Table 4-10. System Supply Regulator Electrical Characteristics (continued)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
100
200
mΩ
System Supply Regulator, PWM
Internal top reverse blocking
MOSFET on-resistance
Internal top N-channel switching
MOSFET on-resistance
Measured from PMID to SW
120
200
mΩ
Internal bottom N-channel
MOSFET on-resistance
Measured from SW to PGND
120
240
mΩ
3
3.3
MHz
5.25
V
fOSC
Oscillator frequency
2.7
DMIN
Minimum duty cycle
0%
DMAX
Maximum duty cycle
93 %
Boost Mode for VBUS Voltage Generation
PRODUCT PREVIEW
VBUS_B
Boost output voltage (to pin
VBUS)
IBO1
Rated output current of the boost,
combination of VBUS output
VBUS_B = 5.10 V,
current and LDOUSB input
2.7 V < CHRG_CSOUT < 4.5 V
current from CHRG_PMID node
300
mA
Rated LDOUSB input current
from CHRG_PMID node
VBUS_B = 5.10 V,
2.7 V < CHRG_CSOUT < 4.5 V
100
mA
IBLIMIT
Cycle-by-cycle current limit for
boost
VBUS_B = 5.10 V,
2.7 V < CHRG_CSOUT < 4.5 V
VBUSOVP
Overvoltage protection threshold
for boost (VBUS pin)
Threshold over VBUS to turn off
converter during boost
Hysteresis
VBUS falling from above VBUSOVP
Efficiency
CSOUT = 3.6 V, IBO = 200 mA, TA =
25°C, synchronous operation
IDDQ
2.7 V < CHRG_CSOUT < 4.5 V
4.75
1.0
5.8
VSYSMIN
6.0
6.2
VCSOUT rising edge during boost
Hysteresis
VCSOUT falling from above
VSYSMAX
V
mV
85 %
5
Maximum system voltage for
boost (CSOUT pin)
4.75
4.9
mA
5.05
200
Minimum system voltage for
boost (CSOUT pin)
Boost output resistance at HP
mode (from VBUS to PGND)
A
125
Quiescent current
VSYSMAX
5.10
mV
2.5
HZ_MODE = 1
V
60
V
kΩ
System Supply, Protection, Current Consumptions
VOVP_
VOVP_
VOVP_
VBUS OVP threshold voltage
Threshold over VBUS to turn off
converter during charge
Hysteresis
VBUS falling from above VOVP_VBUS
System voltage OVP threshold
voltage, VCSOUT threshold over
VOREG to turn off the regulator
during operation
Power Path mode and DCDC in
PWM mode
130 %
133 %
136 %
Other cases
110 %
117 %
121 %
VBUS
VSYS
VBAT
Hysteresis
Lower limit for VCSOUT falling from
above VOVP_VSYS
VBAT OVP threshold voltage
Threshold over VBAT to turn off
battery charging
6.3
VSYS_ SHORT
28
6.7
140
V
mV
11 %
110 %
Hysteresis
117 %
121 %
11 %
Debounce time for falling edge
ILIMIT
6.5
3
ms
Cycle-by-cycle current limit for
charge
BUCK_HSLIMI = 0: 2.55 A
2.10
2.55
3.30
BUCK_HSLIMI = 1: 1.90 A default
1.50
1.90
2.60
Short-circuit voltage threshold
CSOUT rising (default)
2.00
2.10
2.20
Hysteresis
CSOUT falling from above
VSYS_SHORT
Specifications
100
A
V
mV
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
Table 4-10. System Supply Regulator Electrical Characteristics (continued)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
20
30
40
mA
4
mA
ISYS_ SHORT
Short-circuit detection current
CSOUT ≤ VSYS_SHORT
IVBUS
VBUS input current
VBUS = 9.7 V, OVP active
Regulator thermal shutdown
Temperature threshold,
TCHRGSHTDWN
148
Hysteresis, TCHRGHYS
10
Threshold to start limiting the
current, TCF,
IVBUS = 1.5 A
130
Analog thermal regulation loop
°C
°C
TCHRGSHTDWN
–5
Threshold for 0 A current level
Current consumption of the linear
charger and supplement mode
control
System supply regulator enabled,
charger enabled
1.3
System supply regulator enabled,
charger disabled
0.9
mA
System supply regulator disabled,
system switch forced to connect
µA
Battery Charger
Table 4-11 lists the battery charger electrical characteristics.
Table 4-11. Battery Charger Electrical Characteristics
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
15-mΩ resistor allows maximum of
2.0-A charging current
20-mΩ resistor allows maximum of
1.5-A charging current
15
20
IBAT_SHO Preconditioning current (for shortRT
circuit detection)
VSYS = 3.6 V, VBAT ≤ VBAT_SHORT
13
20
27
VSYS = 3.8 V, VBAT ≤ VBAT_SHORT
20
30
40
Preconditioning positive threshold
voltage
Programmable: 2.1, 2.45, and 2.8-V
voltage levels
2.1
UNIT
Battery Charger
Sense resistor of linear charging
loop (1)
R2
VBAT_SH
ORT
Hysteresis
50
Debounce time
Linear precharge current,
programmable
VICHRG_
PC
VBAT_FU
LLCHRG
Threshold level, low to high
transition
V
150
mV
ms
400
–75 %
0%
ICHARGE < 300 mA
–10 %
+10 %
300 mA ≤ ICHARGE ≤ 400 mA
–5 %
+5 %
VBAT_FULLCHRG = 000
2.61
2.65
2.73
VBAT_FULLCHRG = 001
2.705
2.75
2.835
VBAT_FULLCHRG = 010
2.805
2.85
2.94
VBAT_FULLCHRG = 011
2.905
2.95
3.04
VBAT_FULLCHRG = 100
3.00
3.05
3.145
VBAT_FULLCHRG = 101
3.10
3.15
3.245
VBAT_FULLCHRG = 110
3.20
3.25
3.35
VBAT_FULLCHRG = 111
3.295
3.35
3.455
50
100
150
Hysteresis
(1)
100
mA
2.8
1
VBAT_SHORT < VBAT <
VBAT_FULLCHRG
100-mA steps
Accuracy, without autocalibration
Accuracy, with autocalibration
100
mΩ
mA
V
mV
Battery current level depends on the resistor R2 value as the loop is sensing the voltage across the resistor.
Specifications
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
29
PRODUCT PREVIEW
4.5.9
1
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
www.ti.com
Table 4-11. Battery Charger Electrical Characteristics (continued)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
Linear full charge current,
programmable (1)
VICHRG
Accuracy, without autocalibration
Accuracy, with autocalibration
Linear full charge output voltage
VOREG
VITERM
Accuracy, with autocalibration
Charger termination current
(1)
PRODUCT PREVIEW
Charger dropout voltage, voltage
between VSYS and VBAT
VSYS_OV
V
BAT > VBAT_FULLCHRG, 133-mA
steps, R2 = 15 mΩ
133
2000
–75 %
ICHARGE ≥ 500 mA
–50 %
0%
ICHARGE ≤ 400 mA
–5 %
5%
ICHARGE ≥ 500 mA
–3 %
3%
Programmable, 20-mV steps
–37 %
0%
3.5
4.76
T = 25°C
–0.5 %
0.5 %
0°C < T < 125°C
–1.0 %
1.0 %
Programmable, 50-mA steps
R2 = 20 mΩ
50
400
Programmable, 67-mA steps
R2 = 15 mΩ
67
533
–33 %
33 %
100
200
Accuracy
–20
20
VBAT < VBATMIN_HI
V
mA
Programmable, 50-mV steps
DPPM regulation, VSYS voltage
UNIT
mA
ICHARGE ≤ 400 mA
VBAT > VBATMIN_HI
Recharge threshold voltage (in
Power Path mode enabled always,
in non-Power Path mode enabled
when CHARGE_ONCE bit is 0)
MAX
1500
DPPM regulation, voltage between
VSYS and VBAT
System overvoltage detection
TYP
100
Accuracy
ΔLIN
MIN
VBAT > VBAT_FULLCHRG, 100-mA
steps, R2 = 20 mΩ
0.5 ×
ΔLIN
%
mV
V
3.4
V
Positive threshold
5.7
5.9
6.1
V
Hysteresis
50
100
200
mV
Below VOREG
70
120
170
mV
Deglitch time, VBAT decreasing
below threshold, tF = 100 ns, 10-mV
overdrive
128
ms
Supplement Mode
PGATE driver time
Supplement mode threshold level
(when entering supplement mode)
Supplement mode threshold level
(when exiting supplement mode)
Fall time, Cgate = 8 nF, VSYS to
VSYS – 2 V, VSYS = 3.2 V
1.0
µs
Rise time, Cgate = 8 nF, 0 V to
VSYS – 0.1 V, VSYS = 3.2 V
2.5
VSYS below VBAT, programmable
20
Accuracy
–10
IBAT
50
Check the need for supplement
mode
30
50
10
100
150
100
Charging restart delay
mV
mA
ms
500
µs
Battery Temperature Measurement
Reference voltage
GPADC_VREF
Low and high threshold voltages
OTP bits, RATIO_LO[2:0],
RATIO_HI[2:0]
1.25
0.2 ×
GPADC_VREF
Threshold error
Comparator offset
V
0.9 ×
GPADC_VREF
1%
%
10
mV
130
kΩ
1.6
V
10
µA
Battery Presence Detector
RBRI
External pulldown resistor
IBRI
See Table 4-15, GPADC_IN0
current source.
VBRIRef
Detection threshold
Threshold
Current consumption of the
comparator
30
Specifications
1.5
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
Table 4-11. Battery Charger Electrical Characteristics (continued)
PARAMETER
Delay of the comparator
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
With > 10-mV overdrive
MAX
UNIT
10
µs
MAX
UNIT
4.8
V
4.5.10 Indicator LED Driver
Table 4-12 lists the indicator LED driver electrical characteristics.
Table 4-12. Indicator LED Driver Electrical Characteristics
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
Indicator LED Driver
VSYS
LED current
0
CURR_LED[1:0] = 01
0.85
1
1.15
CURR_LED[1:0] = 10
2.125
2.5
2.875
CURR_LED[1:0] = 11
4.25
5
5.75
mA
Rise and fall time for the current
Transition on PWM signal, 10 to
90%
5
µs
Startup time
CURR_LED[1:0] from 00 to any
other value
20
µs
PRODUCT PREVIEW
CURR_LED[1:0] = 00
Disabled
Quiescent current
Pulldown resistance
VRTC
2
VAC (at 20 V)
70
CHRG_PMID (at 5.25 V)
20
CHRG_PMID (at 20 V)
70
CURR_LED[1:0] = 01 (1 mA)
200
CURR_LED[1:0] = 10 (2.5 mA)
400
CURR_LED[1:0] = 11 (5 mA)
750
CURR_LED[1:0] = 00, can be
disabled by DIS_PULLDOWN bit
50
Voltage at the output for
performance
Voltage at the output for tolerance
CHRG_LED_TEST pin is driven
externally
Dropout voltage
Minimum voltage between
CHRG_LED_IN and
CHRG_LED_TEST
1 mA
0.2
2.5 mA
0.4
5 mA
0.6
VAC voltage
During operation
4.1
VBUS voltage
During operation
4.0
CHRG_LED_IN voltage
2.3
100
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
µA
200
kΩ
3.2
V
5.5
V
V
V
V
5.5
Specifications
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
µA
V
31
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
www.ti.com
4.5.11 USB OTG
Table 4-13 lists the USB OTG electrical characteristics.
Table 4-13. USB OTG Electrical Characteristics
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
Pullup and Pulldown Resistors
RID_PU_100K
ID 100k pullup to LDOUSB
70
100
130
kΩ
RID_PU_220K
ID 220k pullup to LDOUSB
160
220
280
kΩ
RID_GND_DRV
ID 10k pulldown to ground
1
10
20
kΩ
ID internal leakage without GPADC
(7 V)
350
nA
ID internal leakage without GPADC
(2 V)
650
nA
RID_
LKG
ID external leakage
–1.5
0
1
µA
PRODUCT PREVIEW
RA_BUS_IN
A-device VBUS Input Impedance To
GND
10
40
100
kΩ
RVBUS_DISCHRG
B-device VBUS SRP pulldown
5
10
15
kΩ
RVBUS_CHRG_VBAT
B-device VBUS SRP pullup on
VBAT
1.5
2.5
5
kΩ
RVBUS_CHRG_PMID
B-device VBUS SRP pullup on
CHRG_PMID
1.5
2.5
5
kΩ
VVBUS_LKG
OTG device leakage voltage
0.7
V
IB_UNCFG
B-device unconfigured average
VBUS input current
2.5
mA
External ID resistances
RID_FLOAT
ID pulldown when ID pin is floating
220
RID_A
ACA ID pulldown, OTG device as Adevice
122
124
126
RID_B
ACA ID pulldown, OTG device as Bdevice, can't connect
67
68
69
RID_C
ACA ID pulldown, OTG device as Bdevice, can connect
36
36.5
37
RID_GND
ID pulldown when ID pin is grounded
kΩ
1
Comparators
VID_WK
ID wake-up comparator threshold
RID_WK_UP
ID wake-up equivalent threshold
resistance
VID_CMP1
ID comparator 1 threshold
VID_CMP2
ID comparator 2 threshold
VID_CMP3
VID_CMP4
No hysteresis
0.300
0.650
1.150
V
10
100
220
kΩ
No hysteresis
0.150
0.200
0.250
V
No hysteresis
0.683
0.720
0.757
V
ID comparator 3 threshold
No hysteresis
1.300
1.400
1.500
V
ID comparator 4 threshold
No hysteresis
2.350
2.500
2.650
V
IID_WK_SRC
ID wake-up current source
VID < 2.75 V
3.5
9
25
µA
IID_SRC_16u
ID current source (trimmed)
VID < 2.75 V
15.5
16
16.5
µA
IID_SRC_5u
ID current source
VID < 2.75 V
4.5
5
5.5
µA
PRB
ADP probing voltage threshold
No hysteresis
0.6
0.65
0.7
V
SNS
ADP sensing voltage threshold
No hysteresis
0.20
0.40
0.55
V
DSCHRG
ADP discharge voltage
0.15
V
1.65
mA
Current Sources
ADP Comparators
VADP_
VADP_
VADP_
ADP Current Sources/Sinks
VBUS_IADP_SRC
32
ADP source current
VBUS < 0.8 V
Specifications
1.10
1.40
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
Table 4-13. USB OTG Electrical Characteristics (continued)
PARAMETER
VBUS_IADP_SINK
TEST CONDITIONS
ADP sink current
MIN
TYP
MAX
0.5 V < VBUS < 0.8 V
1.1
1.5
2
UNIT
0.15 V < VBUS < 0.8 V
0.5
1.5
2
13
14
15
ms
mA
ADP Timings
T_ADP_SINK
ADP sink time
TA_ADP_PRB
ADP probing period, A-device
1.25
1.75
1.85
s
TB_ADP_PRB
ADP probing period, B-device
1.9
2.0
2.6
s
T_ADP_SNS
ADP sensing time-out
3
s
VVBUS_WKUP_UP
VBUS wake-up comparator
VA_VBUS_VLD
A-device VBUS valid comparator
threshold
VB_SESS_VLD_UP
B-device session valid comparator
VA_SESS_VLD_UP
A-device session valid comparator
VB_SESS_END_UP
B-device session end comparator
VOTG_SESS_VLD_UP OTG session valid comparator
VOTG_OVV_UP
OTG overvoltage comparator
Positive threshold
2.8
3.2
3.6
V
Hysteresis
50
100
175
mV
Threshold, no
hysteresis
4.4
4.5
4.6
V
Positive threshold
2.2
2.4
2.6
V
Hysteresis
20
80
140
mV
Positive threshold
0.9
1.1
1.3
V
Hysteresis
10
40
70
mV
Positive threshold
0.3
0.5
0.8
V
Hysteresis
10
40
70
mV
Positive threshold
2.90
3.10
3.40
V
Hysteresis
20
80
140
mV
Positive threshold
6.3
6.5
6.8
V
Hysteresis
40
110
180
mV
Specifications
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
PRODUCT PREVIEW
Comparators
33
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
www.ti.com
4.5.12 Gas Gauge
Table 4-14 lists the gas gauge electrical characteristics.
Table 4-14. Gas Gauge Electrical Characteristics
PARAMETER
Current measurement range
TEST CONDITIONS
TYP
MAX
–3.1
3.1
15-mΩ sense resistor
-4.13
4.13
–Vmeas × 1%
–0.11
–0.28
–0.74
–2.15
Vmeas × 1%
0.11
0.28
0.74
2.15
UNIT
A
Measurement accuracy of single
measurement result after calibration.
Includes reference, temperature,
offset, and 3σ statistical variation.
Tolerance of the sense resistor R2 is
not included.
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 00
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 01
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 10
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 11
Offset before autocalibration
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 00
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 01
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 10
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 11
200
200
200
450
µV
Offset after autocalibration (software
must calculate the calibrated result)
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 00
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 01
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 10
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 11
10
10
100
450
µV
PRODUCT PREVIEW
Usable input voltage range
Input clock frequency
Current consumption
Integration period (sample counter
uses 32-kHz crystal oscillator)
R2
MIN
20-mΩ sense resistor
–62
32-kHz crystal oscillator
32768
Power on; FG_EN = 1
50
Power off; FG_EN = 0
250
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 01
62.5
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 10
15.625
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 11
3.9062
5
10
1 + 13
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 01
1 + 11
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 10
1+9
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 11
µA
ms
20
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 00
mV
Hz
70
0.2
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 00
External sense resistor
Integrator data size (2s complement)
62
mV
mΩ
Bit
1+7
INL
Integral nonlinearity (average on 10
measurement results)
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 00
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 01
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 10
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 11
–3.5
–2.5
–2.0
–1.5
3.5
2.5
2.0
1.5
LSB
DNL
Differential nonlinearity (average on
10 measurement results)
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 00
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 01
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 10
CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] = 11
–4.0
–2.5
–1.5
–1.0
4.0
2.5
1.5
1.0
LSB
Accumulator data size
1 + 31
Bit
Offset data size
1+9
Bit
24
Bit
Sample counter data size
34
Specifications
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
4.5.13 GPADC
Table 4-15 lists the GPADC electrical characteristics.
Table 4-15. GPADC Electrical Characteristics
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
1600
UNIT
Current consumption
GPADC_EN = 1
IQOFF
Off mode current
GPADC_EN = 0
f
Running frequency
3
MHz
Resolution
12
Bit
Number of external inputs
7
Number of internal inputs
Turn on/off time
GPADC_IN10
Others than GPADC_IN10
Offset error without calibration
–2 %
2%
–5 %
3%
–3
3
–36
36
–0.7 %
0.7 %
Others than GPADC_IN10
–0.22 %
0.22 %
Offset error with calibration (at 25°C
temperature) (1)
GPADC_IN10
-3
3
Others than GPADC_IN10
-5
5
GPADC_IN0 - GPADC_IN6,
GPADC_IN17
–0.6 %
0.25 %
Other channels
–0.6 %
0.45 %
–2
2
Best fitting, GPADC_IN9
–3
4
Best fitting, GPADC_IN14
–16
12
Best fitting, other channels
–3
3
–2
2
Integral nonlinearity
DNL
Differential nonlinearity
CIN
Input capacitance
RExt
Source input impedance (external
inputs) (2)
GPADC_IN17
4
Other inputs
Source resistance without
capacitance
Source capacitance with > 20-kΩ
source resistance
20
100
TConv
External load
Input range (Sigma-Delta ADC; the
input voltage and nonsaturated
ranges of the scaled inputs are
described in Table 5-2)
Typical range
Conversion time
Assured range without saturation
200
1.25
0.01
1.215
210
1 channel, sampling = 1
640
2 channels, sampling = 0
290
2 channels, sampling = 1
GPADC_IN0 with additional current
source
(1)
(2)
GPADC_ISOURCE_EN = 1
LSB
LSB
LSB
LSB
kΩ
V
0
1 channel, sampling = 0
GPADC_IN0 current source
LSB
nF
1.25
GPADC_VREF output current
µs
pF
0.5
GPADC_VREF voltage reference
VIN
20
GPADC_IN10
Offset drift (Temperature and
supply)
INL
10
Gain error with calibration (at 25°C
temperature) (1)
Gain error drift (Temperature and
supply)
µA
12
GPADC_EN 0 to 1 or GPADC_EN 1
to 0
Gain error without calibration (inputs
without scaler)
Gain error without calibration (inputs
with scaler)
µA
1
µA
V
µs
720
6.65
7
7.35
20.9
22
23.1
µA
Total accuracy is a combination of Gain error with calibration (at 25°C temperature), Gain error drift, Offset error with calibration (at 25°C
temperature), Offset drift and INL.
If the source impedance is more than 20 kΩ, then 100 nF must be connected to the input.
Specifications
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
35
PRODUCT PREVIEW
PARAMETER
IQ
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
www.ti.com
Table 4-15. GPADC Electrical Characteristics (continued)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
GPADC_REMSENSE[1:0] = 00
GPADC_IN3 current sources
TYP
MAX
UNIT
0
GPADC_REMSENSE[1:0] = 01
8.5
9.5
10.5
GPADC_REMSENSE[1:0] = 10
340
380
420
GPADC_REMSENSE[1:0] = 11
675
750
825
µA
PRODUCT PREVIEW
36
Specifications
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
4.5.14 Thermal Monitoring
Table 4-16 lists the thermal monitoring electrical characteristics.
Table 4-16. Thermal Monitoring Electrical Characteristics
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
IQOFF
Off ground current (two sensors on
the die, specification for one sensor)
Off mode
IQ
On ground current (two sensors on
the die, specification for one sensor)
On mode, standard mode
7
15
On mode, GPADC measurement
25
40
00 (first hot-die threshold)
01 (second hot-die threshold)
10 (third hot-die threshold)
11 (fourth hot-die threshold)
Thermal shutdown
0.1
at 25°C off mode
0.5
Rising temperature
104
117
127
Falling temperature
95
108
119
Rising temperature
109
121
132
Falling temperature
99
112
123
Rising temperature
113
125
136
Falling temperature
104
116
128
Rising temperature
118
130
141
Falling temperature
108
120
132
Rising temperature
136
148
160
Falling temperature
126
138
150
UNIT
µA
µA
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
4.5.15 System Control Thresholds
Table 4-17 lists the system control thresholds electrical characteristics.
Table 4-17. System Control Thresholds Electrical Characteristics
PARAMETER
VSYSMIN_HI threshold, rising edge
TEST CONDITIONS
Programmable, step size is 50 mV
VSYSMIN_HI threshold accuracy
VSYSMIN_LO threshold, falling edge
Programmable, step size is 50 mV
VSYSMIN_LO threshold accuracy
MIN
MAX
UNIT
2.5
TYP
3.55
V
–1.6 %
+3.2 %
2.3
3.1
–1.6 %
+3.2 %
V
POR rising-edge threshold
2.00
2.15
2.50
POR fallng-edge threshold
1.90
2.00
2.10
V
40
150
350
mV
POR hysteresis
Rising edge to falling edge
V
4.5.16 Current Consumption
Table 4-18 lists the current consumption electrical characteristics.
Table 4-18. Current Consumption Electrical Characteristics
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
Backup Mode
IVBACKUP(Backup)
VBACKUP, supplied on VBACKUP
VSYS = 0 V
VBACKUP = 3.2 V
8
10
µA
IVSYS(Backup)
VSYS, supplied on VSYS
VBACKUP = 0 V
VSYS = 2.7 V
12
19
µA
VSYS = 3.8 V, VRTC in a low-power
mode
20
30
µA
VSYS = 3.8 V
110
WAIT-ON State
IVSYS(WAIT-ON)
SLEEP State
IVSYS(SLEEP)
SMPS2 and SMPS3 enabled, no
load
µA
Specifications
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
37
PRODUCT PREVIEW
PARAMETER
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
www.ti.com
4.5.17 Digital Input Signal Electrical Parameters
Table 4-19 lists the digital input signal electrical parameters.
Table 4-19. Digital Input Signal Electrical Parameters
TEST
CONDITIONS
PARAMETER
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
PWRON, RPWRON
VIL
Low-level input voltage related to
VSYS/VDD
–0.3
0
0.35 × VSYS
V
VIH
High-level input voltage related to
VSYS/VDD
0.65 × VSYS
VSYS
VSYS + 0.3 ≤ 5.5
V
GPADC_START, MMC, MSECURE, NRESWARM, PREQ1, PREQ2, PREQ3, SIM, TESTEN
VIL
Low-level input voltage related to VIO
–0.3
0
0.35 × VIO
V
VIH
High-level input voltage related to VIO
0.65 × VIO
VIO
VIO + 0.3
V
BOOT0, BOOT1, BOOT2, CHRG_EXTCHRG_STATZ, OSC32KIN
VIL
Low-level input voltage related to VRTC
–0.3
0
0.35 × VRTC
V
VIH
High-level input voltage related to VRTC
0.65 × VRTC
VRTC
VRTC + 0.3
V
CTLI2C_SCL, CTLI2C_SDA, DVSI2C_SCL, DVSI2C_SDA
PRODUCT PREVIEW
VIL
Low-level input voltage related to VIO
–0.3
0
0.3 × VIO
V
VIH
High-level input voltage related to VIO
0.7 × VIO
VIO
VIO + 0.3
V
Hysteresis
0.1 × VIO
1.2-V Specific Related I/Os: PREQ3
V
(1) (2)
VIL
Low-level input voltage related to VIO
–0.3
0
0.3 × VIO
V
VIH
High-level input voltage related to VIO
0.7 × VIO
VIO
VIO + 0.3
V
(1)
(2)
PREQ3 can be programmed for two different input supplies (1.2 V/1.8 V) and, as such, has a configurable input threshold.
Applying 1.8-V input logic on the PREQ3 ball when the 1.2-V supply mode is selected does not damage the PREQ3 input buffer.
Nevertheless, because the threshold is reduced to its 1.2-V configuration, the input buffer is more sensitive to the low 1.8-V logic level.
4.5.18 Digital Output Signal Electrical Parameters
Table 4-20 lists the digital output signal electrical parameters.
Table 4-20. Digital Output Signal Electrical Parameters
PARAMETER (1)
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
REGEN1, REGEN2, VBUS_DET
VOL
Low-level output voltage
IOL = 100 µA
0
0.2 × VSYS
V
VOH
High-level output voltage
IOH = 100 µA
0.8 × VSYS
VSYS
V
BATREMOVAL, CLK32KAO, CLK32KG, INT, NRESPWRON, PWM1, PWM2, SYSEN
VOL
Low-level output voltage related to
VIO
IOL = 2 mA
0
0.45
V
VOL
Low-level output voltage related to
VIO
IOL = 100 µA
0
0.2
V
VOH
High-level output voltage related to
VIO
IOH = 2 mA
VIO – 0.45
VIO
V
VOH
High-level output voltage related to
VIO
IOH = 100 µA
VIO – 0.2
VIO
V
CLK32KAUDIO, CHRG_EXTCHRG_ENZ
VOL
Low-level output voltage related to
VRTC
IOL = 2 mA
0
0.45
V
VOL
Low-level output voltage related to
VRTC
IOL = 100 µA
0
0.2
V
(1)
38
All output signals are assured low when VRTC is not available, especially REGEN1, REGEN2, and SYSEN, all three of which control
some external power resources.
Specifications
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
Table 4-20. Digital Output Signal Electrical Parameters (continued)
PARAMETER (1)
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
VOH
High-level output voltage related to
VRTC
IOH = 2 mA
VRTC – 0.45
VRTC
V
VOH
High-level output voltage related to
VRTC
IOH = 100 µA
VRTC – 0.2
VRTC
V
0
0.2 × VIO
V
CTLI2C_SDA, DVSI2C_SDA
Low-level output voltage related to
VIO
3-mA sink current
PRODUCT PREVIEW
VOL
Specifications
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
39
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
www.ti.com
4.5.19 Digital Output Signal Timing Characteristics
Table 4-21 lists the digital output signal timing characteristics.
Table 4-21. Digital Output Signal Timing Characteristics
BALL NAME/OUTPUT BUFFER
LOAD (pF)
RISE/FALL TIME (ns)
MIN
MAX
MIN
CHRG_EXTCHRG_ENZ
5
35
5
15
INT
5
35
5
15
BATREMOVAL
5
35
5
15
NRESPWRON
5
35
5
15
PWM1
5
35
5
15
PWM2
5
35
5
15
REGEN1
5
35
5
25
REGEN2
5
35
5
25
SYSEN
5
35
5
15
VRTC supply output buffer and
VIO supply output buffer
PRODUCT PREVIEW
VSYS supply output buffer
CLK32KAO output buffer and
CLK32KG output buffer
40
NOM
MAX
5
1
6
20
4
11
35
5
15
50
8
20
5
1
9
20
3
17
35
5
25
50
6
34
5
5
15
20
8
30
35
10
45
50
15
100
Specifications
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
4.6
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
Typical Characteristics
Figure 4-1 shows the 5.0-A SMPS regulator efficiency. Figure 4-2 shows 1.1-A SMPS regulator efficiency.
5.0 A
1.1 A
VBAT = 3.8 V, VOUT = 1.8 V and 1.2 V
VBAT = 3.8 V, VOUT = 1.2 V
95
1.8 V
90
90
85
85
80
80
Efficiency (%)
Efficiency (%)
95
75
70
65
1.2 V
75
70
65
COILCRAFT_XFL4020 – 1 µH
60
60
2 // TOKO_DFE322512C ‐ 1 µH
55
55
0.001
0.01
0.1
1
50
10
0.0001
IOUT (A)
5.0 A
0.001
0.01
0.1
1
10
IOUT (A)
VBAT = 3.8 V
VOUT = 1.2 V
1.1 A
Figure 4-1. 5.0-A SMPS Regulator Efficiencies
VBAT = 3.8 V
VOUT = 1.8 V and 1.2 V
PRODUCT PREVIEW
50
0.0001
Figure 4-2. 1.1-A SMPS Regulator Efficiencies
Figure 4-3 and Figure 4-4 show 2.5-A SMPS regulator efficiencies with two different inductor options.
2.5 A
2.5 A
VBAT = 3.8 V, VOUT = 1.8 V and 1.3 V
VBAT = 3.8 V, VOUT = 1.8 V and 1.3 V
95
1.8V,
1.3V,
3.8V
3.8V
95
90
1.8, 3.8
90
85
1.3, 3.8
Efficiency (%)
85
Efficiency (%)
80
75
80
75
70
65
70
60
65
55
60
50
0.0001
0.001
55
1
0.1
10
I OUT (A)
2.5 A
50
0.0001
0.01
0.001
0.01
0.1
1
I OUT (A)
2.5 A
10
VBAT = 3.8 V
VOUT = 1.8 V and 1.3 V
Figure 4-4. 2.5-A SMPS Regulator Efficiencies (Option 2)
VBAT = 3.8 V
VOUT = 1.8 V and 1.3 V
Figure 4-3. 2.5-A SMPS Regulator Efficiencies (Option 1)
Specifications
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
41
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
www.ti.com
5 Detailed Description
5.1
Real-Time Clock
The RTC is driven by the 32-kHz oscillator and provides the alarm and timekeeping functions. The RTC is
supplied by the backup battery (when available) if the main battery fails and if no external power is
applied.
The main functions of the RTC block are:
• Time information (seconds/minutes/hours) in binary coded decimal (BCD) code.
• Calendar information (day/month/year/day of the week) in BCD code up to year 2099.
• Programmable interrupts generation. The RTC can generate two interrupts:
– Timer interrupts periodically (1s/1m/1h/1d period) in the ACTIVE and SLEEP states (can be
masked during the SLEEP period with the IT_SLEEP_MASK_EN bit in the
RTC_INTERRUPTS_REG register in order to prevent the host processor from waking up)
– Alarm interrupt at a precise time of the day (alarm function) in the ACTIVE and SLEEP states and
switch-on transition from the WAIT_ON state
• Oscillator frequency calibration and time correction with 1/32768 resolution.
PRODUCT PREVIEW
For security purposes, the registers related to time and calendar information are protected by restricting
their write access to software running in the secure mode of the host (the MSECURE pin set to 1). Read
access is always allowed, even in a nonsecured mode. However, it is possible to disable the secure mode
with the MSECURE OTP bit. In this case, the read and write accesses are available regardless of the
status of the MSECURE pin.
32-kHz clock
input
32-kHz
counter
Seconds
Frequency
compensation
Hours
Minutes
Week
days
Days
Interrupt
Control
Years
Months
Alarm
INT_ALARM
INT_TIMER
SWCS057-005
Figure 5-1. Block Diagram of the RTC Digital Section
42
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
5.2
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
Clocks
The TPS80032 device is independent of any high-frequency system clock; it provides only a 32-kHz clock
to the platform. The oscillator can use an external crystal unit to generate the clock or use an external 32kHz oscillator, in which case the internal oscillator module is bypassed.
To provide a high-performance 32-kHz clock for peripherals, like an audio device, a dedicated output
buffer is implemented on the CLK32KAUDIO ball. This audio buffer uses the 1.8-V VRTC regulator as
power. CLK32KAO is always active when 1.8-V I/O voltage is available, whereas the CLK32KG and
CLK32KAUDIO outputs can be controlled by PREQ signals and register bits (CLK32KG_CFG_TRANS,
CLK32KG_CFG_STATE, CLK32KAUDIO_CFG_TRANS, and CLK32KAUDIO_CFG_STATE).
The TPS80032 device also includes a 32-kHz RC oscillator and a 6-MHz RC oscillator, which are used
internally.
5.3
Power Management
Host processor can access the configuration registers using the general-purpose I2C interface (CTL-I2C).
Figure 5-2 shows a block diagram of the power-management system.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
43
PRODUCT PREVIEW
The power-management state machine manages control of the state of the different resources included in
the TPS80032 device depending on system activity and energy availability. It ensures the detection of
external or internal triggering events that initiate a change of system power state. It controls the transition
sequences required to change the system from current power state to a new power state by configuring
the resources according to the desired final power state.
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
www.ti.com
PREQ1
BOOT[2:0]
PWRON
RPWRON
RTC-ALARM
VAC_DET
VBUS_DET
THERM_DET
HW events
Detection
Internal POR
Debouncing
Emergency
Sequence arbitration
MBAT_PLUG
BBAT_PLUG
Sequence
Tables
NRESWARM
PRODUCT PREVIEW
CTLI2C_SDA
CTLI2C_SCL
Software
commands
I2C control
FSM
PREQ2
PREQ3
DVSI2C_SDA
DVSI2C_SCL
DVS software
commands
I 2C
Commands
controller
Resources
Figure 5-2. Block Diagram of the Power Controller
5.3.1
Finite State Machine (FSM)
The TPS80032 FSM controls boot sequences, TPS80032 state changes and resources initialization. The
power sequences are stored in a hard coded table (OTP memory). The FSM reacts on events, which
initiates power state transitions.
44
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
Hardware Events
•
•
•
5.3.3
Starting events (going into ACTIVE state):
– Power on button (PWRON ball)
– Remote power on (Accessories) (RPWRON ball)
– Battery plug (VSYS ball)
– VAC detection (VAC ball)
– USB VBUS detection (VBUS ball)
– USB ID detection (USB ID ball)
– RTC alarm
Stopping events (going into OFF state):
– Short PWRON key press (interrupt to the processor that initiates switch off)
– Long PWRON key press (hardware switch off)
– Remote power on (RPWRON) (interrupt to processor that initiates switch off)
– Primary watchdog expire (hardware switch off)
– Regulator short circuit protection (hardware switch off)
– Thermal shutdown (hardware switch off)
Backup events or shutdown events (going into NO SUPPLY or BACKUP state):
– Removal of main and/or backup battery
– Low main and/or backup battery
Software Events
•
5.3.4
Stopping events (going into OFF state):
– DEVOFF instruction: DEV_OFF register bit all set to one (PHOENIX_DEV_ON register)
– Software reset (SW_RESET), going to OFF state and then restart to ACTIVE
Resource Definition
A resource is an element that provides the necessary to a system to operate. Typical resources are
supplies, clocks, resets, references, bias. Each resource can be addressed with its unique I2C address
RES_ID (Resource Identification).
A remapping of the resource state versus the system state can be done. For example, a resource can be
set either ON or OFF when the system state is SLEEP.
5.3.5
Resource Operating Modes
5.3.5.1
Voltage Regulator Operating Modes (All Types)
In order to optimize the power consumption, three operating modes may be allowed for a voltage
regulator:
• OFF mode: The output voltage is not maintained and the power consumption is minimized.
• AMS mode: The regulator is able to deliver its nominal output voltage with a full load current capability.
Quiescent current adapts automatically to load current.
• FORCE mode: Force active mode.
5.3.5.2
•
•
5.3.5.3
•
REGEN1 / REGEN2 / SYSEN Operating Modes
DISABLE: The REGEN1 / REGEN2 / SYSEN I/O drives the signal to its disable state.
ACTIVE: The REGEN1 / REGEN2 / SYSEN I/O drives the signal to its active state.
SMPS Operating Modes
OFF mode: The output voltage is not maintained and the power consumption is minimized.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
45
PRODUCT PREVIEW
5.3.2
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
•
•
5.3.5.4
•
•
•
•
5.3.5.5
•
PRODUCT PREVIEW
•
5.3.5.6
www.ti.com
AUTO mode: The SMPS is able to deliver its nominal output voltage with a full load current capability.
PFM or PWM is automatically selected versus load current.
FORCED_PWM mode: The SMPS runs always in PWM even at light load. It allows to maintain a low
output voltage ripple.
Main Bandgap Operating Modes
OFF mode: The reference voltage is not maintained and the bandgap power consumption is
minimized.
ON ACCURATE mode: The bandgap is able to deliver accurate nominal reference voltage.
LOW POWER mode: A nominal but less accurate voltage reference is maintained with very low power
consumption.
ON FAST mode: The nominal reference voltage is maintained with less precision as the low pass filter
on the VBG output is disabled. This condition during power up phase allows a quicker setting of the
reference voltage. This mode is only used during a BOOT or WAKEUP phase.
Comparators Operating Modes
OFF mode: The comparator is disabled, result of compare operation is forced to true, power
consumption is minimized.
ON mode: The comparator is enabled result of compare depends on its inputs.
Hot-die Warning Operating Modes
•
•
ACTIVE mode: The hot-die warning feature is enabled.
OFF mode: The hot-die warning feature is disabled.
5.3.5.7
Clocks and PWM1 / PWM2 Drivers Operating Modes
•
•
DISABLE mode: The signal at driver output is stopped.
ACTIVE mode: The signal at driver output is running.
5.3.6
Addressing Resources Registers
Three types of register can be associated to a resource:
• Configuration Registers:
– CFG_TRANS register
– CFG_STEP register (DVS resource)
• State Register:
– CFG_STATE register
• DVS Registers:
– CFG_FORCE register
– CFG_VOLTAGE register (DVS resource)
The configuration registers are intended for resource configuration, while state registers are intended to
manage the resource state transition; finally DVS registers are intended to dynamic voltage control via
DVS-I2C. Configuration and state registers contribute to determine resource behavior. The state register
defines to which state the resource has to switch and the timing for the transition. The configuration
register defines the resource behavior in a defined state. Although both types of registers can be access
by the FSM and the CTL-I2C, it is preferable to reserve I2C access to configuration registers and FSM
access to state registers. Access to DVS registers is exclusively done via DVS-I2C in applications using
DVS capability.
These registers can be accessed in different ways, individual access to allow accessing registers through
their physical address (ID) and broadcast messages that are interpreted by individual resources in function
of their configuration
46
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
5.3.6.1
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
State Register (CFG_STATE)
Purpose of this register is to set the state of the resource. If the resource is associated to a Power request
pin (PREQ1, PREQ2 or PREQ3), any state change of the Power request pin will be transmitted to all its
associated resources.
5.3.6.2
State Mapping Register (CFG_TRANS)
Purpose of this register is to map the individual resource state to the state resulting from system states
arbitration (RES_STATE).
5.3.6.3
Voltage Register (CFG_VOLTAGE)
This register is dedicated to resources belonging to the power provider category (LDO or SMPS), is used
to set the voltage level of the SMPS and LDO.
5.3.6.4
Force Register (CFG_FORCE)
This register is dedicated to DVS-SMPS. It can be accessed through DVS-I2C and power management
control FSM during power on sequence. This is used to force the voltage without ramping.
Step Register (CFG_STEP)
This register is dedicated to DVS-SMPS; its purpose is to control the slope of voltage ramping when VSEL
content is modified.
5.3.7
Power Management I/Os Functionality
5.3.7.1
BOOT[2:0]
Purpose of these input balls is to select the boot sequence executed by the TPS80032 device during the
startup phase. BOOT [2:0] balls provide indication on the following parameters to select the correct value
for the supply voltages and detection thresholds (see PH_STS_BOOT register).
• BOOT0: Battery chemistry (cut-off voltage), described in EPROM Application Note.
• BOOT1: Described in EPROM Application Note.
• BOOT2: Described in EPROM Application Note.
5.3.7.2
PWRON
The PWRON ball is intended to be connected to a push button to control system power on / off. An
internal pull up on the battery domain is implemented on this input.
Three timers are associated to this input duration:
• A short timer of 15ms to confirm the key press detection; this confirmation initiates a power-on
sequence or generation of an interrupt depending on system state.
• A long timer, programmable from 50 ms to 1.55 seconds, that measures the key press. A register bit
(KPD_STS bit in KEY_PRESS_DURATION_CFG register) is set and an interrupt (SPDURATION) is
generated if the key press duration exceeds the timer duration.
• A very long timer of 8 or 4 seconds (the duration is selected with LPK_TIME bit in
KEY_PRESS_DURATION_CFG register) that generates a shutdown by forcing the TPS80032 device
to the WAIT-ON state. The shutdown reason is indicated by a register bit (DEVOFF_LPK in
PHOENIX_LAST_TURNOFF_STS register). The shutdown feature can be disabled by an OTP
memory bit (LPK_DISABLE) and there is another OTP memory bit (LPK_RESTART) which can be
used to generate a startup just after the transition to WAIT-ON.
PWRON detection is performed on both falling and rising edges (1 interrupt line, 1 interrupt status bit). The
polarity is defined as following:
• High level: Key released
• Low level: Key pressed
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
47
PRODUCT PREVIEW
5.3.6.5
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
5.3.7.3
www.ti.com
RPWRON
RPWRON is also intended to control the system power on / off. An internal pull up on the battery domain
is implemented on this input. One timer is associated to this input duration:
• A short timer of 15ms to confirm detection, this confirmation initiates a power-on sequence or
generation of an interrupt depending on system state.
RPWRON can be programmed with OTP bit (RPWRON_OFF_DIS) to generate a shutdown sequence. In
this situation there is 1 second delay between the interrupt generation and the shutdown sequence.
RPWRON detection is performed on both falling and rising edges. The polarity is defined as following:
• High level: Key released
• Low level: Key pressed
5.3.7.4
REGEN1, REGEN2
PRODUCT PREVIEW
The power management FSM controls these output signals. These balls are activated during the power on
/ power off sequences. The timing of activation is dependant of the power sequence (OTP memory).
REGEN1 and REGEN2 can be used to control two different external power supplies. The associated
registers are:
• REGEN1_CFG_TRANS, REGEN1_CFG_STATE
• REGEN2_CFG_TRANS, REGEN2_CFG_STATE
The polarity is defined as following:
• High level: Active
• Low level: Disabled
5.3.7.5
SYSEN
This output signal is controlled by the power management FSM, is activated during the power on / power
off sequences. The timing of activation is dependant of power sequence. SYSEN can be used to control
an external power supply or a slave PM device. SYSEN related registers are:
• SYSEN_CFG_TRANS, SYSEN_CFG_STATE
The polarity is defined as following:
• High level: Active
• Low level: Disabled
5.3.8
PREQ1, PREQ2, PREQ3 Hardware Commands
ACTIVE and SLEEP state transitions are transmitted to the TPS80032 device using signal PREQ1. On a
PREQ1 transition, the FSM executes an ACTIVE to SLEEP or SLEEP to ACTIVE sequence. This
sequence is hardcoded in the OTP memory. FSM conveys sequence information to the resources
assigned to PREQ1 (assigned by PREQ1_RES_ASS_X register), by writing in to CFG_STATE register
and set each resource in a state based on the state of the PMIC and based on the translation state
register setting (XXX_CFG_TRANS). The request signals PREQ2 and PREQ3 are used as enable signals
for resources. The regulators and SYSEN, REGEN1, and REGEN2 signals can be assigned to PREQ2 or
PREQ3 (PREQ2_RES_ASS_X and PREQ3_RES_ASS_X register), and they are controlled as
enabled/disabled with PREQ2 or PREQ3 signals.
If one of the request signal requests the resource, it will be enabled. If none of the request signal requests
the resource and the corresponding CFG_STATE register is cleared, it will be disabled.
By default PREQ signals are masked. System state is not affect by PREQ signals while they are masked.
PREQ masks configuration bits (MSK_PREQ1, MSK_PREQ2, MSK_PREQ3) are located in the register
PHOENIX_MSK_TRANSITION.
PREQ balls status are available in the STS_HW_CONDITIONS register (STS_PREQ1, STS_PREQ2 and
STS_PREQ3 bits). PREQ1, PREQ2, PREQ3 are supplied on VIO voltage domain.
48
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
The polarity is defined as following:
• High level: resources are in active state
• Low level: resources are in sleep state
Dedicated register bits (SENS_PREQ1, SENS_PREQ2 and SENS_PREQ3) allow reversing the PREQ
balls polarity (PHOENIX_SENS_TRANSITION register).
5.3.9
DVS Software Commands
Only SMPS DVS compliant can be accessed by the DVS-I2C.
The DVS command field (2 MSB bits of xxxx_CFG_FORCE register) will be interpreted as follow:
• 00: ON Force Voltage: The power resource is set in ON mode with the voltage value defined in the 6
LSB bits of the command register SMPS1/2/5_CFG_FORCE
• 01: ON: The power resource is set in ON mode with the voltage value defined in the
SMPS1/2/5_CFG_VOLTAGE voltage register
• 10: SLEEP Force Voltage: The power resource is set in SLEEP mode with the voltage value defined in
the 6 LSB bits of the command register SMPS1/2/5_CFG_FORCE
• 11: SLEEP: The power resource is set in SLEEP mode with the voltage value defined in the
SMPS1/2/5_CFG_VOLTAGE voltage register
The SLEEP Force Voltage command with the voltage value set at 000000 must be naturally interpreted as
a shutdown command for the power resource.
ON FORCE / SLEEP FORCE set the voltage independently of the adaptive voltage scaling. ON / SLEEP
follow the adaptive voltage scaling.
NOTE
•
•
•
Default value is the voltage value register (both register will be set with the same default
value)
When the voltage is switched on the force voltage value, this is done smoothly with a
maximum ramping define by register STEP
DVS has only access to register voltage and force voltage (no access to register step) for
SMPS1, SMPS2 and SMPS5
All power resources, LDOs and non-DVS-SMPS, can be accessed by the control I2C (CTL-I2C). The
control I2C allows the host processor to access all the internal registers for configuration purpose or
resource commands. LDOs state can be changed by writing to the register xxx_CFG_STATE register and
the output voltage level can be controlled by xxx_CFG_VOLTAGE register. The five LSBs represent a
binary value used to compute the absolute voltage value to be generated by the LDO:
Absolute Voltage value = 1.0 V + 0.1 V * (binary value - 00000001)
This equation applies to all general-purposes LDOs, for all codes from 00000001 to 00011000. For the
remaining codes, it has been specified dedicated output voltages:
• 00000000 sets the output voltage to 0 V
• 00011001 to 00011110 codes are reserved
• 00011111 code sets the output voltages at 2.75 V
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
49
PRODUCT PREVIEW
On top of hardware commands, DVS compliant power resources (SMPS1/2/5) can receive additional
commands via the DVS-I2C. The DVS-I2C port can address two types of register:
• A command register
• A voltage register
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
www.ti.com
SMPS state (on/off) can be changed by writing to the register xxx_CFG_STATE register. SMPS_OFFSET
and SMPS_MULT are used to control the offset and the extended mode of the SMPS respectively. The
output voltage of the SMPS is calculated based on the equations below:
• Offset and Extended mode disabled
– Nominal Voltage value = 0.6077 V + 0.01266 V * (binary value – 00000001)
5.4
•
Offset enabled and Extended mode disabled
– Nominal Voltage value = 0.6077 V + 0.1013 V + 0.01266 V * (binary value – 00000001)
•
Offset disabled and Extended mode enabled
– Nominal Voltage value = (0.6077 V + 0.01266 V * (binary value – 00000001)) * (43/21 + 1)
•
Offset and Extended mode enabled
– Nominal Voltage value = (0.6077 V + 0.1013 V + 0.01266 V * (binary value – 00000001)) * (43/21 +
1)
Reset System
This section describes the different reset triggers and the signals related to resets.
5.4.1
Warm Reset (NRESWARM)
PRODUCT PREVIEW
The TPS80032 device detects a request for a warm reset on the NRESWARM ball. The warm reset
restarts the system without turning off the supplies. After a warm reset, the system is configured the same
as after a first switch on (default configuration), except that the states of all resources are unchanged and
all supply voltage values can be preserved, depending on the warm-reset sensitivity bit value (WR_S bit in
SMPSx_CFG_VOLTAGE and LDOx_CFG_VOLTAGE registers):
• All resources not included in the switch-on sequence keep the state (ON or OFF) they have just before
the warm reset occurs.
• Depending on the sensitivity bit, those resources either keep the value they had before the warm reset
or are set to their default value.
• All resources included in the start-up sequence are always restarted.
During the power-on sequence, the TPS80032 device ignores the warm reset until the host processor
releases it.
NRESWARM is an input reset signal. A peripheral or host processor can activate this signal by a software
reset. A reset button can be connected to this line to generate a warm reset. The minimum duration of
NRESWARM is two clock periods of 32 kHz. The polarity of NRESWARM is active low.
The warm reset affects the POWER and CHARGER registers. Registers for other modules like the USB,
FUEL GAUGE, GPADC, and PWM are not affected by a warm reset.
5.4.2
Primary Watchdog Reset
The TPS80032 device includes a primary watchdog timer that generates a reset of the system in case of a
software anomaly (no response, infinite loop). The primary watchdog is programmable from 1 to 127
seconds with 1-second steps and a default value of 32 seconds. If the primary watchdog expires, a reset
with a new startup is generated. At the same time, the DEVOFF_WDT bit (in the
PHOENIX_LAST_TURNOFF_STS register) is set to indicate the primary watchdog expiration. The
DEVOFF_WDT bit must be cleared in order to allow a new reset/start-up sequence if a primary watchdog
expires again. If the bit has not been cleared the TPS80032 device generates a reset, thus forcing the
device to the WAIT-ON/OFF state. This prevents infinite looping in case of software corruption.
The watchdog is initialized to its default value when the system is in the WAIT-ON/OFF state, and starts
leaving the WAIT-ON/OFF state to go to the ACTIVE/SLEEP states. The primary watchdog cannot be
disabled by I2C writing if it is enabled by the MSK_WDT OTP memory bit.
50
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
The HOLD_WDG_INSLEEP bit (in the CFG_INPUT_PUPD1 register) is used to select the states in which
the watchdog is running. If the bit is 0, the watchdog is running in the SLEEP and ACTIVE states, whereas
if the bit is 1, the watchdog is running in the ACTIVE state and is gated in the SLEEP state.
5.4.3
Thermal Shutdown
If the die temperature gets too high, the thermal shutdown generates a reset, thus forcing the TPS80032
device to the WAIT-ON/OFF state.
5.4.4
NRESPWRON
PRODUCT PREVIEW
The NRESPWRON output signal is the reset signal delivered to the host processor at the end of the
power-on sequence. It is released when all the TPS80032 supply voltages (core and I/Os) are correctly
set up. In addition, the NRESPWRON signal is gated until the 32-kHz crystal oscillator is stable and
delivered to the platform. The polarity of the NRESPWRON signal is active low.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
51
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
5.5
www.ti.com
System Control
Internal hardware monitors the different energy sources (main and backup) and charging sources (VAC or
VBUS). A set of comparators is dedicated to energy source selection to generate an uninterrupted power
supply (UPR), which exists as soon as a valid energy source is present. The backup battery is considered
to be a valid energy source after the device is first powered up. POR is released when UPR rises above to
POR threshold and the voltage regulator VBRTC provides a supply for the digital control, the 32-kHz
oscillators, and the low-power bandgap.
When the system voltage rises above the VSYSMIN_LO threshold, the digital control enables the checks of
the startup events. When a startup event is detected, a final check of the system voltage is done versus
the VSYSMIN_HI threshold to pursue the power-up sequence.
When the system is active the VSYSMIN_HI comparator can be used for system voltage monitoring
(VSYS[5:0] bits in VSYSMIN_HI_THRESHOLD register) to perform checks on system voltage. It
compares system voltage versus a programmable value and generates interrupt (VSYS_VLOW) when
voltage rises above and drops below the programmed threshold. The comparator can be programmed
from 2.3 to 4.6 V in 50-mV steps. The interrupt generation can be masked if the feature is not used.
If the system voltage drops below the VSYSMIN_LO threshold during operation, the TPS80032 system enters
the WAIT-ON state.
PRODUCT PREVIEW
Figure 5-3 shows a block diagram of the analog power control.
VAC
VBUS
Shunt
Reg
VSHUNT_MIN
VEXT
VPOR
POR
Source
select
UPR
DIG SUPPLY
VBRTC
VBACKUP
VREF
Backup
battery
BG
Digital powermanagement
controller
VSYSMIN_LO
VSYSMIN_HI
VSYSMIN_LO
VSYSMIN_HI
VSYS
VRTC
Main
battery
SWCS057-006
Figure 5-3. Block Diagram of the Analog Power Control
NOTE
•
•
•
UPR = VSYS if: (VSYS > VSYSMIN_LO) or (VSYS > VBACKUP) and (VSHUNT < VSHUNT_MIN)
UPR = VBACKUP if: (VSYS < VSYSMIN_LO) and (VSYS < VBACKUP – 0.1 V) and (VSHUNT <
VSHUNT_MIN) and POR = 0
UPR = VSHUNT if: (VSYS < VSYSMIN_LO) and (VSHUNT > VSHUNT_MIN)
Figure 5-4 shows the power state transition diagram.
52
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
From any
state
T2
NO
SUPPLY
BACKUP
T1
T1
T8
WAIT-ON
OFF
All groups
PRODUCT PREVIEW
From any
state
T4
T4
T3
ACTIVE
Any groups
T6
SLEEP
All groups
T5
T7
SWCS057-008
Figure 5-4. Power State Transition Diagram
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
53
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
•
•
•
PRODUCT PREVIEW
•
•
54
www.ti.com
Power-on transitions: T1
– System is in NO SUPPLY or BACKUP state. Connection of a valid energy source initiates the
transition to WAIT-ON state.
– Triggering event: VSYS > VSYSMIN_LO
• Insertion of a charged main battery
• Precharge is active main battery voltage rises
– Condition: VUPR > VPOR
Power-off transition: T2
– The system is in any state. Removal of all energy sources initiates a transition to NO SUPPLY
state.
– Triggering event: VUPR < VPOR
• Main battery discharge or removal
• Backup battery discharge or removal
• Charger unplugged
– Condition: No more valid energy source
Switch-on transition: T3
– The system is in WAIT-ON state, able to accept a hardware switch-on condition, which initiates a
transition to ACTIVE state.
– Triggering event:
• Push button pressed and released (PWRON)
• Charging source plug (USB or external)
• RTC alarm
• Accessory plug (RPWRON)
• Insertion of a charged main battery or battery charge running (enabled by default)
• Software reset (following transition T4)
• USB ID plug insertion (disabled by default)
– Condition: VSYS > VSYSMIN_HI and no thermal shutdown active
Switch-off transition: T4
– System is powered and in ACTIVE or SLEEP state. A hardware condition may initiate a transition to
reach WAIT-ON state.
– Triggering event:
• Group DEVOFF command (software)
• Thermal shutdown
• Primary watchdog timer expired
• Software reset (followed by transition T3)
• Long key press (8/4 seconds) on PWRON
Sleep-on transition: T5
– System is powered and in ACTIVE state. A hardware condition initiates a transition to SLEEP state.
– Triggering event: Subsystem group sleep command (hardware) (PREQ1 ball)
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
Sleep-off transition: T6
– System is powered and in SLEEP state. A hardware condition can initiate a transition to ACTIVE
state.
– Triggering event:
• Subsystem group active command (hardware) (PREQ1 ball)
• Warm reset (reinitialization of the TPS80032 device)
• Active reset transition: T7
– System is powered and in ACTIVE state. A hardware condition can initiate a reset; system
remains in ACTIVE state.
– Triggering event: Warm reset (reinitialization of the device)
• Backup-on transition: T8
– System is powered and in ACTIVE, SLEEP, or WAIT-ON state. The detection of a low main
battery initiates the transition to BACKUP state.
– Triggering event: System voltage < VSYSMIN_LO (discharge/removal)
– Condition: VUPR > VPOR
PRODUCT PREVIEW
•
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
55
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
5.6
www.ti.com
System Voltage/Battery Comparator Thresholds
PRODUCT PREVIEW
Three thresholds of battery voltage condition the system state transitions:
• POR
– Released when the energy source provides a voltage greater than 2 V
– POR threshold is the minimum voltage below which the TPS80032 device is reset.
• VSYSMIN_LO
– Threshold of hardware switch off
– Two values, depending on the battery technology, are stored in OTP memory (VSYSMIN_LO_MIN,
VSYSMIN_LO_MAX bits) and selected by BOOT0 pin.
– The comparator threshold (VSYSMIN_LO) is configurable from 2.0 to 3.1 V in 50-mV steps.
• VSYSMIN_HI
– Threshold of switch on
– Checked as condition to initiate any sequence to ACTIVE state
– Two values, depending on the battery technology, are stored in OTP memory (VSYSMIN_HI_MIN,
VSYSMIN_HI_MAX bits) and selected by BOOT0 pin.
– The comparator threshold (VSYSMIN_HI) is configurable from 2.5 to 4.6 V in 50-mV steps.
– For correct system behavior, the value of the VSYSMIN_HI threshold must not be programmed higher
than the default system supply/charging voltage. Otherwise, the TPS80032 device does not switch
on after a charger plug with empty battery.
NOTE
The system voltage must be above the VSYSMIN_HI threshold level in order to begin the
start-up sequence. The TPS80032 device initiates the shut-down sequence if the system
voltage decreases below VSYSMIN_LO. The dropout voltage requirements for the SMPSs
and LDOs must be taken into account, otherwise the regulators may not fulfill their
specifications.
5.7
Power Resources
The power resources provided by the TPS80032 device include inductor-based SMPSs and linear LDO
voltage regulators. These supply resources provide the required power to the external processor cores
and external components as well as to the modules embedded in the TPS80032 device.
5.7.1
Short-Circuit Protection
The short-circuit current limits for all LDOs and SMPS regulators embedded in the TPS80032 device are
approximately twice their respective maximum load current. For specific LDO use cases, when the output
of the module is shorted to ground, the power dissipation can exceed the power dissipation requirement, if
no continuous preventive action is engaged.
The short-circuit protection scheme compares an LDO/SMPS output voltage to a reference voltage and
detects a short circuit if the regulator voltage drops slightly below its minimum output voltage (1 V for
LDOs and 0.6 V for SMPSs). A short-circuit protection scheme is included in each power resource of the
TPS80032 device to ensure that if the output of an LDO or SMPS is short-circuited, the power dissipation
does not increase drastically.
All LDOs/SMPSs include this short-circuit protection that monitors the regulator output voltage and
generates an interrupt when a short-circuit is detected (see interrupt mapping). The VRTC regulator is the
unique power resource that cannot generate an interrupt when shorted. Therefore, this regulator includes
a different analog short-circuit mechanism that does not require a switch off the regulator.
56
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
If the short-circuit is detected the SMPS_LDO_SHORT_STS register is updated and the application
processor needs to clear the short-circuit interrupt (VXXX_SHORT) and turn off the associated power
resource within the 10-ms default time. If the interrupt is not cleared before the counter expires, the
TPS80032 device switches off automatically. In parallel, the primary watchdog can shut down the device,
if the watchdog expires.
In normal use conditions, when the TPS80032 device is turned off, all LDO/SMPS resources (except
VRTC/VBRTC) are turned off and their corresponding short-circuit mechanisms are reset. If a short-circuit
condition persists in which all power resources should normally be off, the TPS80032 device does not
power up again.
CAUTION
If the external components of the SMPSs or LDOs are not placed and the regulator is
enabled, the short-circuit detection triggers. If software is unable to clear the interrupt
and shut down the regulator within the short-circuit counter time, the PMIC shuts down.
5.7.2
SMPS Regulators
The TPS80032 device includes five SMPS regulators, three of which have DVS capability and thus can be
selected to provide independent core voltage domains to the host processor. Each SMPS is a highfrequency, synchronous, step-down DC-DC converter allowing the use of low-cost chip inductors and
capacitors.
SMPS1 operates with a 3-MHz fixed-switching frequency and the other SMPSs operate at 6-MHz fixedswitching frequency and enters the power-save mode operation at light load currents to maintain high
efficiency over the entire load current. Pulse-frequency modulation (PFM) mode extends the battery life by
reducing the quiescent current to 30 µA (typical) during light load and standby operation. For noisesensitive applications, the appropriate SMPS can be forced into fixed-frequency pulse-width modulation
(PWM) mode (FORCE PWM setting in SMPSx_CFG_TRANS registers). In shutdown mode, the current
consumption is reduced to less than 1 µA.
Each SMPS is a synchronous step-down converter operating with a fixed-frequency, PWM at moderate-toheavy load currents. At light load currents, the converter operates in power-save mode with PFM. The
converter uses a unique frequency locked-ring oscillating modulator to achieve best-in-class load and line
response and allows the use of tiny inductors and small ceramic input and output capacitors. At the
beginning of each switching cycle, the P-channel MOSFET switch is turned on and the inductor current
ramps up, raising the output voltage until the main comparator trips. The control logic then turns off the
switch.
One key advantage of the nonlinear architecture is the absence of a traditional feedback loop. The loop
response to change in VO is essentially instantaneous, which explains its extraordinary transient
response. The absence of a traditional, high-gain compensated linear loop means that the regulator is
inherently stable over a wide range of L and CO. Each SMPS integrates a current limit in the P-channel
MOSFET (in SMPS1 in the high-side N-channel MOSFET). When the current in the MOSFET reaches its
current limit, the MOSFET is turned off and the low-side N-channel MOSFET is turned on for at least 150
ns.
With decreasing load current, the device automatically switches into pulse-skipping operation in which the
power stage operates intermittently based on load demand. By running cycles periodically, the switching
losses are minimized, and the device runs with a minimum quiescent current and maintains high
efficiency. The converter positions the DC output voltage approximately 1% above the nominal output
voltage. This voltage-positioning feature minimizes voltage drops caused by a sudden load step. When in
PFM mode, the converter resumes its operation when the output voltage trips below the nominal voltage.
It ramps up the output voltage with a minimum of three pulses and goes into PFM mode when the inductor
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
57
PRODUCT PREVIEW
To generate a succesful start-up sequence, all the regulators enabled during start up
must include the external components (capacitors and coils).
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
www.ti.com
current has returned to a zero steady state. Because of the dynamic voltage positioning, the average
output voltage in PFM mode is slightly higher than its nominal value in PWM mode. During PFM operation,
the converter operates only when the output voltage trips below a set threshold voltage. It ramps up the
output voltage with several pulses and goes into PFM mode when the output voltage exceeds the nominal
output voltage.
The rated output current is 5.0/3.0 A for SMPS1, 2.5 A for SMPS2, and 1.1 A for SMPS3, SMPS4, and
SMPS5 regulators.
5.7.2.1
Soft Start
Each SMPS has an internal soft-start circuit that limits the inrush current and thus the input voltage drop
during start up. The soft-start system progressively increases the on-time from a minimum pulse-width of
30 ns as a function of the output voltage. This mode of operation continues for 200 µs after enable. If the
output voltage does not reach its targeted value by this time, such as in the case of heavy load, the softstart transitions to a second mode of operation. The converter then operates in a current-limit mode,
specifically the PMOS current limit is set to half the nominal limit and the N-channel MOSET remains on
until the inductor current is reset. After an additional 100 µs, the device ramps up to full current-limit
operation, providing that the output voltage rises above approximately 0.7 V. Therefore, the start-up time
mainly depends on the output capacitor and load current.
PRODUCT PREVIEW
5.7.2.2
Inductor Selection
All step-down converters are designed to operate with an effective inductance value from 0.40 to 1.30 µH
and with output capacitors from 4 to 15 µF (15 to 29 µF for SMPS1 ). The maximum output capacitor
value is normally used during the start-up phase, when the capacitor is still unbiased. The internal
compensation is optimized to operate with an output filter of L = 1.0 µH and CO = 10 µF (SMPS2, SMPS3,
SMPS4, and SMPS5) and CO = 22 µF (SMPS1 ). Larger or smaller inductor values can be used to
optimize the performance of the device for specific operation conditions. If SMPS1 is used for up to 5.0-A
current levels, it is recommended to use two 1.0-µH inductors in parallel.
The inductor value affects the following:
• The peak-to-peak ripple current
• The PWM-to-PFM transition point
• The output voltage ripple
• The efficiency
The selected inductor must be rated for its DC resistance and saturation current. The ripple current of the
inductor decreases with higher inductance and increases with higher VI or VO.
In high-frequency converter applications, the efficiency is essentially affected by the inductor AC
resistance (quality factor) and to a smaller extension by the inductor DCR value. To achieve highefficiency operation, special care must be taken to select inductors featuring a quality factor above 20 at
the switching frequency. Increasing the inductor value produces lower RMS currents, but degrades
transient response. For a given physical inductor size, increased inductance usually results in an inductor
with lower saturation current.
The total losses of the coil consist of the losses in the DC resistance and the following frequencydependent components:
• The losses in the core material (magnetic hysteresis loss, especially at high switching frequencies)
• Additional losses in the conductor from the skin effect (current displacement at high frequencies)
• Magnetic field losses of the neighboring windings (proximity effect)
• Radiation losses
58
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
5.7.2.3
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
Output Capacitor Selection
SMPS advanced fast-response voltage mode control allows the use of tiny ceramic capacitors. Ceramic
capacitors, with low ESR values, provide the lowest output voltage ripple. The output capacitor requires
either an X7R or an X5R dielectric. Y5V and Z5U dielectric capacitors, aside from their wide variation in
capacitance over temperature, become resistive at high frequencies.
At nominal load current, the device operates in PWM mode and the overall output voltage ripple is the
sum of the voltage step caused by the output capacitor ESL and the ripple current flowing through the
output capacitor reactance.
At light loads, the device operates in power-save mode, and the output voltage ripple is independent of the
output capacitor value. The output voltage ripple is set by the internal comparator thresholds and
propagation delays.
5.7.2.4
Input Capacitor Selection
CAUTION
Take care when using only ceramic input capacitors. When a ceramic capacitor is used
at the input and the power is being supplied through long wires, such as from a wall
adapter, a load step at the output can induce ringing at the VIN pin. This ringing can
couple to the output and be mistaken as loop instability or could even damage the part.
In this case, additional bulk capacitance (electrolytic or tantalum) must be placed
between CI and the power source lead to reduce ringing that can occur between the
inductance of the power source leads and CI.
5.7.2.5
SMPS1, SMPS2, SMPS5
The TPS80032 device includes three SMPS buck converters (SMPS1, SMPS2, and SMPS5) with DVScontrol capability; their output voltages (SMPSx_CFG_FORCE registers) are independently controlled
using the DVS-I2C dedicated interface. The output voltages can be also controlled using the CTL-I2C
interface with SMPSx_CFG_VOLTAGE registers. Default output voltage at power up is configurable by the
OTP memory. The regulators can be used, for example, for a processor or 1.8-V I/O supply.
SMPS1 has two output current ranges selectable by OTP memory bit (SMPS1_5A). A 3-A mode supports
output currents up to a 3-A level and 5-A mode supports output currents up to a 5-A level. The electrical
characteristics depend on the selected mode (see Table 4-1).
5.7.2.6
SMPS3, SMPS4
The TPS80032 device includes two SMPS buck converters (SMPS3 and SMPS4) that can be used, for
example, for memory supply, peripheral, or preregulation.
5.7.3
LDO Regulators
All LDOs are integrated so that they can be connected to an internal preregulator, to an external buck
boost SMPS, or to another preregulated voltage source.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
59
PRODUCT PREVIEW
Because the buck converter has a pulsating input current, a low ESR input capacitor must prevent large
voltage transients that can cause misbehavior of the device or interferences with other circuits in the
system. Although a 2.2-µF capacitor is sufficient for most applications, a 4.7-µF capacitor is recommended
to improve input noise filtering.
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
www.ti.com
The output voltages of all LDOs can be selected, regardless of the LDO input voltage level VIN. There is
no hardware protection to prevent software from selecting an improper output voltage if the VIN minimum
level is lower than TDCOV (total DC output voltage) + DV (dropout voltage). In such conditions, the output
voltage would be lower and nearly equal to the input supply. For example, in further electrical tables, only
the possible input supplies, which fulfill the electrical performances on all their range, are mentioned at
each selected output.
The regulator output voltage cannot be modified on the fly, from the voltage range of 1.0 to 2.1 V to the
other voltage range of 2.2 to 3.3 V and vice versa. The regulator must be restarted in these cases.
If an LDO is not needed and not turned on by software or a switch-on sequence, the external components
can be removed. The TPS80032 device is not damaged by this configuration, and the other functions do
not depend on the unmounted LDOs and continue to work.
5.7.3.1
VANA
The VANA voltage regulator is dedicated to supply the analog functions of the TPS80032 device, such as
the GPADC, gas gauge, and other analog circuitries.
PRODUCT PREVIEW
VANA can be enabled and disabled individually or when associated with a power group. This power
resource control optimizes the overall SLEEP state current consumption. This regulator also can be used
at platform level to supply other applications, provided they do not generate noise to the supply line and
the maximum current is less than 15 mA.
5.7.3.2
VRTC, VBRTC
The VRTC voltage regulator supplies always-on functions, such as RTC and wake-up functions. This
power resource is active as soon as a valid energy source is present.
This resource has two modes:
• Normal mode when supplied from main battery and able to supply all digital part of the TPS80032
device
• Backup mode when supplied from a backup battery or from weak main battery and able to supply only
always-on parts
VRTC supplies the digital part of the TPS80032 device. In BACKUP state, the VRTC regulator is in lowpower mode (VBRTC) and is supplied from backup battery or from weak main battery; the digital activity is
reduced to the RTC parts only and maintained in retention registers of the backup domain. The rest of the
digital is under reset and the clocks are gated.
In WAIT-ON state, the turn-on events and detection mechanism are also added to the previous RTC
current load and are still supplied on VRTC or VBRTC (the supply is controlled with VRTC_EN_OFF_STS
bit in BBSPOR_CFG register).
In ACTIVE state, by default the VRTC switches automatically into standard power mode (the supply is
controlled with VRTC_PWEN bit in BBSPOR_CFG register). The reset is released and the clocks are
available.
In SLEEP state, VRTC is kept active. The reset is released and only the 32-kHz clock is available. Still, to
reduce power consumption, VBRTC instead of VRTC can be used by software (VRTC_EN_SLP_STS bit
in BBSPOR_CFG register).
5.7.3.3
LDO1, LDO2, LDO3, LDO4, LDO5, LDO6, LDO7
LDO5 is a programmable linear voltage converter used to power, for example, a multimedia card (MMC)
slot. On top of the normal control by the power controller, it can be turned off when card removal is
detected (the LDO5_AUTO_OFF bit in the MMCCTRL register).
Voltage regulator LDO7 can be used to supply removable USIM memory. In addition to the normal control
by the power controller, it can be turned off when card removal is detected (the VSIM_AUTO_OFF bit in
the SIMCTRL register).
60
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
The TPS80032 device includes five general-purpose resources (LDO1, LDO2, LDO3, LDO4, and LDO6)
to supply external peripherals, such as cameras sensors, display drivers, memories (eMMC), and others.
When not used as a supply, LDO3 can deliver a PWM supply to drive a vibrator motor.
5.7.3.4
LDOLN, LDOUSB
The LDOLN regulator supplies noise-sensitive functions. LDOLN can be preregulated by SMPS.
The LDOUSB regulator supplies the USB PHY from the PMID node of the USB VBUS input or from
system supply/battery.
5.8
Backup Battery Charger
The TPS80032 device provides a BACKUP state in which a backup battery powers the RTC and other
secure registers when no other energy source is available. The backup battery is optional and can be
nonrechargeable or rechargeable. The rechargeable battery can be charged from the system supply using
the backup battery charger.
The backup battery charger is controlled with BB_CHG_EN bit (in BBSPOR_CFG register) and the
charging starts if the system supply voltage is 100 mV above backup battery voltage; charging stops when
backup battery voltage equals either the selected end of charge voltage level or the system supply
voltage, if it is below the end of the charge level programmed. Backup battery charge cannot start if
system supply voltage is lower than VSYSMIN_LO. The backup battery switch controls when the system
enters BACKUP state (supplied by the backup battery).
During the transition from system supply to backup battery there can be a current spike from the backup
battery. If the output resistance of the backup battery is large, an additional capacitor is needed in parallel
with the backup battery. See the electrical characteristics for more details.
Figure 5-5 shows a block diagram of the backup battery charger.
VSYS
Vref
I_lim
VBACKUP
Voltage
selection
SWCS057-010
Figure 5-5. Block Diagram of the Backup Battery Charger
5.9
Battery Charging
The TPS80032 device has an integrated switched-mode battery charger designed to generate a system
supply and to charge the battery from a USB port. In addition, it can control an external battery charging
IC (like BQ24159) to generate a system supply and charge the battery during hardware-controlled
charging and selects the priority of the chargers so that only one is enabled at time.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
61
PRODUCT PREVIEW
The backup battery charger includes two control loops (CC and CV). A current loop limits the charging
current when backup battery voltage is low and a voltage loop that gradually reduces the charging current
as backup battery voltage approaches its final value. The charge current limit is fixed and the end of
charge voltage is programmable (BB_SEL[1:0] bits in BBSPOR_CFG register).
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
www.ti.com
Figure 5-6 shows the block diagram of the USB charging electronics. The figure shows the USB chargingrelated functions with external components. The device supports two charging configurations, operation
with Power Path and without Power Path.
In the Power Path configuration the battery line is connected to the system supply with external PMOS
transistor. The system supply is regulated by switched-mode regulator and the battery charging current
and voltage are controlled with a battery charger loop and external PMOS transistor. The sense resistor at
the output of switched-mode regulator is not needed. When the platform is supplied by battery the external
PMOS is closed.
In the non-Power Path configuration the battery line is used as a system supply and the external PMOS is
not needed because the battery current is monitored with a resistor placed between ground and negative
terminal of the battery. In this configuration a sense resistor at the output of the switched-mode regulator
is needed as it is used to control the battery charging current.
For information about the functions and external components related to VAC charging, see Section 5.9.12,
Support for External Charging IC.
PRODUCT PREVIEW
62
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
Optional
VBUS
CHRG_LED_IN
VBUS
connector
C36
CHRG_LED_TEST
D1
S2
R10
Q1
CHRG_PROT_GATE
CHRG_PMID
C37
CHRG_BOOT
C40
Q2
ID
L11
Switched-mode
system
voltage
regulator
C38
CHRG_SW
CHRG_CSIN
With Power Path
Without Power Path
R9
CHRG_CSOUT
Q3
System
voltage
PRODUCT PREVIEW
CHRG_DET_N
C39
CHRG_VREF
C34
CHRG_PGND
CHRG_VSYS
VAC
VAC
CONNECTOR
C35
CHRG_EXTCHRG_ENZ
CHRG_EXTCHRG_STATZ
Battery
charger
and
supplement
mode
control
C45
Without Power Path
S1
With Power Path
CHRG_GATE
_CTRL
CHRG_VBAT
Battery
pack
CGAUGE_RESP
R2
CGAUGE_RESN
Gas gauge
Figure 5-6. Block Diagram of the System Supply Regulator and Battery Charger
The TPS80032 device supports a wide variety of rechargeable lithium-based battery technologies. Recent
battery technologies, such as Li-SiAn and LiFePo4, present a flat discharge region in the range of 3.2–3.3
V; technologies such as LiCoO2 and LiNiMnCoO2 present a flat discharge region in the range of 3.6–3.7
V. To support the different battery chemistries effectively, the TPS80032 device has programmable
VSYSMIN thresholds (OTP bits).
The charger also performs monitoring functions:
• AC charger detection
• VBUS detection
• Battery presence detection
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
63
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
•
•
•
•
•
www.ti.com
VBUS overvoltage detection
Battery overvoltage detection
Battery end-of-charge detection
Thermal protection
Watchdogs
The same switches and external components that are used for system supply generation in buck mode
can be used to generate a 5-V USB OTG supply in boost mode. In this mode, the TPS80032 device can
deliver up to 300 mA of total current for USB connector and for LDOUSB.
The VBUS input in the TPS80032 device operates up to 6.3 V; above this, level the system supply
regulator is disabled. The VBUS input tolerates up to 20-V input voltages and down to –0.3-V input
voltages. The negative input voltage protection can be improved with external PMOS transistor and
resistor (shown in Figure 5-6 as optional components). This gives tolerance down to –14 V.
NOTE
PRODUCT PREVIEW
The charging source terms are defined as follows (USB Battery Charging Specification, Rev.
1.2)
• Standard Downstream Port (SDP): a downstream port on a device that complies with the
USB 2.0 definition of a host or hub.
• Charging Downstream Port (CDP): a downstream port on a device that complies with the
USB 2.0 definition of a host or a hub, except that it shall support the Charging
Downstream Port features allowing higher charging currents.
• Dedicated Charging Port (DCP): a downstream port on a device that outputs power
through a USB connector, but is not capable of enumerating a downstream device.
• USB Charger: a device with a DCP, such as a wall adapter or car power adapter.
• Accessory Charger Adaptor (ACA): an adaptor which allows a single USB port to be
attached to both a charger and another device at the same time.
• Charging Port: a DCP, CDP or ACA
5.9.1
Charger and System Supply Regulator Controller Operation
The operation of the battery charger and the system supply regulator depends on the platform
configuration. There are two different configurations for hardware:
• Power Path configuration (POP_APPSCH OTP bit is 1); an external PMOS is needed between VSYS
and VBAT.
• Non-Power Path configuration (POP_APPSCH OTP bit is 0); VBAT is used as a system voltage.
In addition, software interaction with battery charging in both configurations depends on the
AUTOCHARGE OTP bit:
• Hardware controlled charging (AUTOCHARGE bit is 1); software interaction is minimized.
• Software controlled charging (AUTOCHARGE bit is 0); software controls the battery charging.
The operation in the four different modes has been described in Section 5.9.1.1 through Section 5.9.1.4.
The flow chart for startup, shutdown, and fallback (Power Control) operates in parallel with a flow chart of
the system supply regulator and battery charging (Charger Control). The safety timer and watchdog
operation is described in Section 5.9.6 and the charging profile and default charging parameters are
described in Section 5.9.3.
64
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
5.9.1.1
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
Power Path with Hardware Controlled Charging
The TPS80032 device starts up for the VBUS or VAC plug insertion as soon as the system voltage is
above the VSYSMIN_HI threshold level if the device is not already powered on. The hardware starts the
system supply regulation and battery charging automatically if a USB Charging Port or VAC Charger is
detected, or if the battery voltage is below VBATMIN_HI and the device is powered off. If the VBUS is
supplied by the USB standard downstream port and the battery is above VBATMIN_HI or the device is
powered on, the system supply regulator and battery charger are not started by hardware. The host
processor must enumerate to the USB host, configure to a certain current level, set the VBUS input
current limit, and enable the system supply regulator and battery charging.
PRODUCT PREVIEW
If the system voltage drops below VSYSMIN_LO, the device shuts down and sets a fallback bit to indicate
the fallback situation. A new startup is initiated when the battery is charged above the VBATMIN_HI
voltage level and after startup, the host processor clears the bit. If the fallback bit is active during the
shutdown, the system supply regulator and battery charging is disabled. This prevents infinite looping in a
low/no battery case with a weak charger. The operation is shown in Figure 5-7.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
65
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
VBUS OR VAC
Plug insertion
www.ti.com
VBUS OR VAC
Plug insertion
E_MSK_
VBATMIN_
CHECK = ’1'
(OTP)
No
PMIC in PowerON
USB Charging
Port detected
Yes
No
No
Yes
VAC detected
Host processor
enumerates to
USB Host and
configures
No
VBAT <
VBATMINHI
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
HW sets VBUS input
current limit to
CIN_LIMIT (OTP)
VSYS >
VSYSMIN_HI
PMIC in PowerON
HW enables external
VAC DCDC
Yes
Host prosessor
sets the VBUS
input current limit
and enables
DCDC
No
Yes
HW sets VBUS inpiut
current limit to
E_CIN_LIMIT
HW enables DCDC
Startup
HW enables/continues
battery charging
PRODUCT PREVIEW
PowerON
Host processor
clears Fallback bit
when VBAT >
VBATMIN_HI
(if needed)
Termination
current detected
by HW
No
Yes
Yes
VBAT decreases
below recharge
threshold
HW gates battery
charging
No
VSYS <
VSYSMIN_LO
No
Yes
VBUS removal AND
DCDC enabled
Shutdown
PMIC in PowerON
Fallback = 1
No
HW sets
Fallback to ’1'
VAC removal AND
VAC DCDC enabled
Yes
Yes
PMIC in PowerON
Host processor enables
charging from the
remaining source or stops
the charging
No
No
Yes
VAC present
HW disables DCDC
and battery charging
VBAT >
VBATMINHI
Yes
Yes
VBUS present
Yes
No
No
No
HW enables battery
charging and remaining
DCDC
HW disables DCDC
and battery charging
POWER CONTROL
HW disables VAC
DCDC and battery
charging
CHARGER CONTROL
Figure 5-7. Battery Charging Flowchart (With Power Path, AUTOCHARGE=1)
66
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
5.9.1.2
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
Power Path with Software Controlled Charging
The TPS80032 device starts up for the VBUS or VAC plug insertion as soon as system voltage is above
the VSYSMIN_HI threshold level if the device is not already powered on. If the device is powered off, the
hardware sets the correct VBUS input current limit and starts the system supply regulator either from
VBUS or from VAC and the battery charging using the default values from OTP memory. The default
charging voltage must be set to the proper battery threshold voltage level to comply with the USB
standard. When the device is powered on, the host processor takes control over charging.
PRODUCT PREVIEW
If the system voltage drops below VSYSMIN_LO, the device shuts down and sets a fallback bit to indicate
the fallback situation. A new startup is initiated when the battery is charged above the VBATMIN_HI level
and the host processor clears the bit. If the fallback bit is active during the shutdown, the system supply
regulator and battery charging is disabled. This prevents infinite looping in a low/no battery case with a
weak charger. The operation is shown in Figure 5-8.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
67
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
www.ti.com
VBUS OR VAC
Plug insertion
PMIC in PowerON
VBUS OR VAC
Plug insertion
Yes
Yes
PMIC in PowerON
No
No
No
VBUS detected
AND USB
Charging Port
detected
VSYS >
VSYSMIN_HI
No
Yes
Yes
Startup
No
VAC detected
Yes
PRODUCT PREVIEW
HW sets VBUS input
current limit to
CIN_LIMIT (OTP)
HW enables external
VAC DCDC
HW enables DCDC
and battery charging
HW enables battery
charging
HW sets VBUS input
current limit to
E_CIN_LIMIT
PowerON
SW controlled charging
- Clears Fallback bit when VBAT >
VBATMIN_HI (if needed)
- Enumerates and configures to USB
host if needed
- Checks interrupts
- Monitors battery temperature
- Updates watchdog
- Monitors USB suspend
- Selects priority between chargers
- Updates charging parameters
VSYS <
VSYSMIN_LO
SW controlled
charging
VBUS removal AND
charging from VBUS
enabled
No
PMIC in PowerON
Yes
No
VBAT >
VSYSMINHI
No
VAC present
Fallback = 1
No
HW sets
Fallback to ’1'
Yes
HW disables DCDC
and battery charging
POWER CONTROL
Yes
Yes
PMIC in PowerON
Host processor enables
charging from the
remaining source or stops
the charging
Yes
Shutdown
VAC removal AND
charging from VAC
enabled
Yes
Yes
No
VBUS present
No
No
HW enables battery
charging and remaining
DCDC
HW disables DCDC
and battery charging
HW disables VAC
DCDC and battery
charging
CHARGER CONTROL
Figure 5-8. Battery Charging Flowchart (With Power Path, AUTOCHARGE=0)
68
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
5.9.1.3
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
Non-Power Path with Hardware Controlled Charging
The TPS80032 device starts up for the VBUS or VAC plug insertion as soon as battery voltage is above
the VSYSMIN_HI threshold level if the device is not already powered on. The hardware starts the battery
charging automatically if USB Charging Port or VAC Charger is detected, or if the battery voltage is below
VBATMIN_HI and the device is powered off. If the VBUS is supplied by the USB standard downstream
port and the battery voltage is above VBATMIN_HI or the device is powered on, the battery charger is not
started by hardware. The host processor must enumerate to the USB host, configure to a certain current
level, set the VBUS input current limit, and enable the battery charging.
PRODUCT PREVIEW
If the battery voltage drops below VSYSMIN_LO, the device shuts down and sets a fallback bit to indicate
about the fallback situation. A new startup is initiated when the battery is charged above the VSYSMIN_HI
threshold level and after startup the host processor clears the bit. If the fallback bit is active during
shutdown, the battery charging is disabled. This prevents infinite looping in low/no battery case with weak
charger. The operation is shown in Figure 5-9.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
69
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
www.ti.com
VBUS OR VAC
Plug insertion
VBUS OR VAC
Plug insertion
PMIC in PowerON
VBUS detected
AND USB
Charging Port
detected
Yes
E_MSK_
VBATMIN_
CHECK = ’1'
(OTP)
No
No
No
No
Yes
VAC detected
VBAT >
VBATMINHI
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
HW sets VBUS input
current limit to
CIN_LIMIT (OTP)
VBAT >
VSYSMIN_HI
No
HW enables battery
charging from VAC
PMIC in PowerON
HW sets VBUS input
current limit to
E_CIN_LIMIT
Yes
Host processor
enumerates to
USB Host and
configures
HW enables battery
charging from VBUS
Yes
Startup
HW continues battery
charging
PRODUCT PREVIEW
Host prosessor
sets the VBUS
input current limit
and enables
battery charging
from VBUS
PowerON
Termination
current detected
by HW
Host processor
clears Fallback bit
(if it is ’1')
No
Yes
Yes
VBAT decreases
below recharge
threshold
HW gates battery
charging
No
VBAT <
VSYSMIN_LO
No
Yes
VBUS removal AND
charging from VBUS
enabled
Shutdown
PMIC in PowerON
Fallback = 1
No
HW sets
Fallback to ’1'
VAC removal AND
charging from VAC
enabled
Yes
Yes
PMIC in PowerON
Host processor enables
charging from the
remaining source or stops
the charging
No
No
Yes
HW disables battery
charging
VBAT >
VSYSMINHI
No
VAC present
Yes
VBUS present
Yes
No
No
HW enables battery
charging from the
remaining source
HW disables battery
charging
POWER CONTROL
Yes
HW disables battery
charging
CHARGER CONTROL
Figure 5-9. Battery Charging Flowchart (Without Power Path, AUTOCHARGE=1)
70
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
5.9.1.4
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
Non-Power Path with Software Controlled Charging
The TPS80032 device starts up for the VBUS or VAC plug insertion as soon as battery voltage is above
the VSYSMIN_HI threshold level if the device is not already powered on. If the device is powered off, the
hardware sets the correct VBUS input current limit and starts the battery charging using the default values
from OTP memory. The default charging voltage need to be set to good battery threshold voltage level in
order to comply with the USB standard. When the device is powered on, the host processor takes control
over charging.
PRODUCT PREVIEW
If the battery voltage drops below VSYSMIN_LO, the device shuts down and sets a fallback bit to indicate
the fallback situation. A new startup is initiated when the battery is charged above the VSYSMIN_HI
threshold level and the host processor clears the bit. If the fallback bit is active during the shutdown, the
battery charging is disabled. This prevents infinite looping in a low/no battery case with a weak charger.
The operation is shown in Figure 5-10.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
71
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
www.ti.com
VBUS OR VAC
Plug insertion
PMIC in PowerON
VBUS OR VAC
Plug insertion
Yes
Yes
PMIC in PowerON
No
No
No
VBUS detected
AND USB
Charging Port
detected
VBAT >
VSYSMIN_HI
No
Yes
HW sets VBUS input
current limit to
CIN_LIMIT (OTP)
Yes
Startup
No
VAC detected
Yes
HW sets VBUS input
current limit to
E_CIN_LIMIT
HW enables battery
charging from VAC
PRODUCT PREVIEW
HW enables battery
charging from VBUS
PowerON
SW controlled charging
- Clears Fallback bit when (if needed)
- Enumerates and configures to USB
host if needed
- Checks interrupts
- Monitors battery temperature
- Updates watchdog
- Monitors USB suspend
- Selects priority between chargers
- Updates charging parameters
VBAT <
VSYSMIN_LO
SW controlled
charging
VBUS removal AND
charging from VBUS
enabled
No
PMIC in PowerON
Yes
No
VBAT >
VSYSMINHI
No
VAC present
Fallback = 1
No
HW sets
Fallback to ’1'
Yes
HW disables battery
charging
POWER CONTROL
Yes
Yes
PMIC in PowerON
Host processor enables
charging from the
remaining source or stops
the charging
Yes
Shutdown
VAC removal AND
charging from VAC
enabled
Yes
Yes
No
VBUS present
No
No
HW enables battery
charging from the
remaining source
HW disables battery
charging
HW disables battery
charging
CHARGER CONTROL
Figure 5-10. Battery Charging Flowchart (Without Power Path, AUTOCHARGE=0)
72
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
5.9.2
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
System Supply Regulator
During software-controlled charging, software selects the VBUS input current limit, the VBUS input voltage
collapse level, and the system supply regulation voltage. The programmable resources are:
• Input limit current set point register CIN_LIMIT[3:0] (maximum current drawn from VBUS charging
source)
• Input voltage set point register BUCK_VTH[2:0] (VBUS voltage collapsing level)
• System supply voltage set point register
The system supply regulation voltage can be a fixed voltage or follow the battery voltage allowing the
linear battery charger to regulate the charging current and voltage (DPPM control mode).
Battery Charging
5.9.3.1
Power Path Configuration
When the Power Path configuration is used, the battery charging consists of two different regulators, the
system supply regulator generating the system supply (VSYS) from the USB VBUS voltage and a linear
battery charging loop regulating the battery node (VBAT) from the system supply (VSYS) using an
external PMOS transistor. During the preconditioning phase, an integrated current source is used for
battery charging. The use of the dedicated loop for battery charging allows monitoring of the battery
current and voltage independently and minimizes the power dissipation thanks to the low-ohmic external
transistor.
The TPS80032 device includes five analog loops that influence the system supply regulator's output
current:
• System voltage regulation loop, maintaining the system voltage (VSYS) at constant level (VSYS_PC)
during preconditioning and precharging and at (VBAT+DLIN[1:0]) level during full-charge phase and
end-of-charge phase.
• VBUS voltage anticollapse loop sensing the VBUS voltage and preventing the VBUS voltage from
dropping below the programmed level (BUCK_VTH[2:0]).
• VBUS input current loop sensing the input current and limiting it below the programmed level
(CIN_LIMIT[5:0]).
• Thermal regulation loop sensing the DCDC temperature and limiting it below thermal shutdown level.
• Cycle-by-cycle current monitoring loop sensing the current in high-side switch and limiting it below
cycle-by-cycle limit (BUCK_HSLIMI).
The dedicated battery charging control includes three loops that influence the battery charging current:
• Constant current (CC) loop sensing the battery current and limiting it below charging current level
(VICHRG[3:0]).
• Constant voltage (CV) loop sensing the battery voltage and limiting it below charging voltage level
(VOREG[5:0]).
• DPPM loop monitoring the voltage between system voltage and battery voltage and limiting the voltage
to threshold level (DLIN[1:0]/2) by decreasing the charging current.
Figure 5-11 shows the control loops for the system supply regulation and for the battery charging.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
73
PRODUCT PREVIEW
5.9.3
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
www.ti.com
VBUS
CbC
CIN_LIMIT
BUCK_VTH
L11
PWM
Control
VSYS
TJ
125ºC
C39
VSYS_PC
DLIN
PRODUCT PREVIEW
Supplement Mode
Gate
Control
S1
VBAT
DLIN/2
VOREG
R2
VICHRG
Figure 5-11. System Supply Regulator and Battery Charging Control Loops
CAUTION
Resistor R2 is used for charging current control in Power Path configuration and must
be placed even if Gas Gauge is not used.
In addition, a battery current is monitored and if the termination current level (VITERM[2:0]) is detected an
interrupt is generated and battery charging is stopped according to the selected operation.
The battery charging profile consists of three phases:
• Preconditioning
• Precharging
• Full-charge phase
74
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
NOTE
The DLIN[1:0] voltage level must be selected so that the voltage is higher than the maximum
dropout on the switch (maximum charging current multiplied by the maximum resistance of
the switch).
Figure 5-12 shows a charging profile and the different parameters programmed in OTP memory and
software programmable parameters for charging with Power Path. The charging current is usually limited
by the VBUS input current loop when charging from the standard downstream port because the limit is set
to 100 or 500 mA. If the charging source cannot provide the current the charger is drawing, the VBUS
voltage decreases. The VBUS anticollapse loop senses the VBUS voltage and decreases the current so
that the voltage does not fall below the programmed voltage level (see Section 5.9.4).
VBAT, VSYS
System Voltage
3.6/3.8V
(OTP and SW)
VBAT_FULLCHRG
VBAT_SHORT
DLIN
3.5-4.76V, 20mV steps
(OTP and SW)
VBATMIN_HI
2.65-3.35V, 0.1V steps
(OTP and SW)
Tracking mode
Battery
Voltage
2.1/2.45/2.8V
(OTP)
CC-charging
VICHRG
IBAT
Battery
Current
0.1/0.2/0.3/0.4A
(OTP and SW)
VICHRG_PC
PRODUCT PREVIEW
VOREG
50-200mV, 50mV steps
(OTP and SW)
30mA
Pre-Conditioning
Pre-Charge
CV-charging
0.1-1.5A
(OTP and SW)
VTERM
Full-Charge
Termination current
50mA-400mA,
50mA steps
(OTP and SW)
Charging stopped
System supplied
from charger
Figure 5-12. Battery Charging Profile with Power Path (Resistor R2 = 20 mΩ)
5.9.3.2
Non-Power Path Configuration
When the non-Power Path configuration is used, the battery charging is controlled by switched-mode
regulator from the USB VBUS voltage.
The TPS80032 device includes six analog loops that influence the output current:
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
75
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
•
•
•
•
•
•
www.ti.com
VBUS voltage anticollapse loop sensing the VBUS voltage and preventing the VBUS voltage from
dropping below the programmed level (BUCK_VTH[2:0]).
VBUS input current loop sensing the input current and limiting it below the programmed level
(CIN_LIMIT[5:0]).
Constant voltage (CV) loop sensing the battery voltage and limiting it below charging voltage level
(VOREG[5:0]).
Constant current (CC) loop sensing the battery current and limiting it below charging current level
(VICHRG[3:0]).
Cycle-by-cycle current monitoring loop sensing the current in high-side switch and limiting it below
cycle-by-cycle limit (BUCK_HSLIMI).
Thermal regulation loop sensing the DCDC temperature and limiting it below thermal shutdown level.
Figure 5-13 shows the control loops for the battery charging.
VBUS
CbC
PRODUCT PREVIEW
CIN_LIMIT
BUCK_VTH
L11
PWM
Control
C39
TJ
125ºC
VOREG
R9
VICHRG
VBAT
Figure 5-13. Battery Charging Control Loops.
In addition, a battery current is monitored and if the termination current level (VITERM[2:0]) is detected an
interrupt is generated and battery charging is stopped according to the selected operation.
The battery charging profile consists of three phases:
• Preconditioning
• Precharging
• Full-charge phase
76
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
Figure 5-14 shows a charging profile and the different parameters programmed in OTP memory and
software programmable parameters for HW controlled operation (AUTOCHARGE=1) and Figure 5-15
shows a charging profile and the different parameters programmed in OTP memory and software
programmable parameters for SW controlled operation (AUTOCHARGE=0). The charging current is
usually limited by the VBUS input current loop when charging from the standard downstream port because
the limit is set to 100 or 500 mA. If the charging source cannot provide the current the charger is drawing,
the VBUS voltage decreases. The VBUS anticollapse loop senses the VBUS voltage and decreases the
current so that the voltage does not fall below the programmed voltage level (see Section 5.9.4).
VOREG
3.5-4.76V, 20mV steps
(SW)
VSYSMIN_HI
2.5-3.8V, 50mV steps
(OTP)
Battery
Voltage
2.1V
VBAT_SHORT
PowerOFF
Pre-Conditioning
VICHRG
PowerON
Pre-Charge
IBAT
Battery
Current
0.3-0.45A, 50mA steps
(OTP)
VICHRG_PC
IBAT_SHORT
PRODUCT PREVIEW
VBAT
30mA
Full-Charge
Charging
Stopped
0.3-1.5A
(SW)
VITERM
Termination current
50mA-400mA,
50mA steps
(OTP and SW)
Figure 5-14. Battery Charging Profile Without Power Path (AUTOCHARGE=1, Resistor R9 = 68 mΩ)
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
77
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
www.ti.com
VBAT
VOREG
3.5-4.76V, 20mV steps
(SW)
VSYSMIN_HI
2.5-3.8V, 50mV steps
(OTP)
Battery
Voltage
2.1V
VBAT_SHORT
PowerOFF
Pre-Conditioning
PRODUCT PREVIEW
VICHRG
PowerON
Pre-Charge
IBAT
Battery
Current
0.3-1.5A
(OTP)
VICHRG
IBAT_SHORT
30mA
Full-Charge
Charging
Stopped
0.3-1.5A
(SW)
VITERM
Termination current
50mA-400mA,
50mA steps
(OTP and SW)
Figure 5-15. Battery Charging Profile Without Power Path (AUTOCHARGE=0, Resistor R9 = 68 mΩ)
5.9.3.3
Preconditioning
During preconditioning, the battery voltage is below the VBAT_SHORT level and the charging current is
limited to 30 mA (IBAT_SHORT). If the system supply in Power Path configuration decreases during the
preconditioning phase, the preconditioning current is automatically reduced. In this mode, the charger
uses a linear charging operation mode. This phase detects a defective (shorted) battery and brings the
battery voltage to a level acceptable for higher charging current. If the battery is defective (shorted) and
the battery voltage doesn't increase above VBAT_SHORT level the charger stays in preconditioning
phase. As soon as the battery voltage is above VBAT_SHORT, a precharging phase is entered
automatically. In Power Path configuration the VBAT_SHORT level is programmed by OTP memory
(VBAT_SHORT[1:0] bits).
5.9.3.4
Precharge Phase
The precharging phase is used when the battery voltage is between VBAT_SHORT and
VBAT_FULLCHRG (VSYSMIN_HI without Power Path). If the system supply in Power Path configuration
decreases during the precharge phase, the precharge current is automatically reduced (DPPM loop).
During precharging, the charging current is limited to decrease the power dissipation in the external
PMOS. The precharging current is programmed in OTP memory (VICHRG_PC[1:0] bits).
The precharge current level is controlled by monitoring the voltage across the sense resistor. The default
currents are available with resistor R9 = 68 mΩ without Power Path and R2 = 20 mΩ with Power Path.
78
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
5.9.3.5
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
Full-Charge Phase
The full-charge phase starts when the battery voltage is above VBAT_FULLCHRG and the system supply
is regulated from a charging source (without Power Path, the threshold level is VSYSMIN_HI).
With Power Path, the transition from a fixed system supply level into a tracking system supply level is
done when the battery voltage is at the VBATMIN_HI level. The VBATMIN_HI level is the same as
VSYSMIN_HI level (defined by OTP memory bits, VSYSMIN_HI[5:0]) except that the level is limited to 3.7
V. This means that if the VSYSMIN_HI is programmed above the 3.7-V level, the transition is done at the
3.7-V level. VBATMIN_HI is defined in the VBATMIN_HI_THRESHOLD register and the host processor
can change the level. The threshold is updated with the default value from OTP memory during startup.
If the system voltage decreases during the full-charge phase, the charging current is automatically
reduced (DPPM loop) to a value keeping the dropout voltage higher than 50% of the dropout voltage
setting (programmed with the DLIN[1:0] bits in the CONTROLLER_VSEL_COMP register), to ensure
proper operation of the charging circuitry.
The full-charge current level is controlled by monitoring the voltage across the sense resistor. The default
currents are available with resistor R9 = 68 mΩ without Power Path and R2 = 20 mΩ with Power Path.
Termination Current Detection
The battery current is monitored during CV-charging and if the termination current level is triggered in the
Power Path configuration, the battery charging is gated but the system voltage regulation from the VBUS
input continues. If the battery voltage decreases 120 mV below the charging voltage (VOREG) level, the
full-charge phase is continued.
In the non-Power Path configuration the operation during termination current level detection is defined by
the CHARGE_ONCE and TERM bits. If the CHARGE_ONCE bit is 1, the battery charging is terminated
when the termination current threshold is triggered. If the CHARGE_ONCE bit is 0 and TERM bit is 1, the
battery charging is gated when the termination current level is triggered. If the battery voltage decreases
120 mV below the charging voltage (VOREG) level, the full-charge phase is continued.
The termination current level is monitored by measuring the voltage across the sense resistor. The default
currents are available with resistor R9 = 68 mΩ without Power Path and R2 = 20 mΩ with Power Path.
5.9.4
Anticollapse Loop and Supplement Mode
There are two different anticollapsing loops; one monitoring the VBUS input and controlling the switchedmode regulator and another one with Power Path operation (DPPM) monitoring the VSYS line and
controlling the linear battery charger loop.
The anticollapse loop of the VBUS input operates so that the VBUS input voltage is monitored
continuously and the current of the switched-mode regulator is controlled by an analog loop to maintain
the defined VBUS input voltage (programmed with the BUCK_VTH[2:0] bits in the
ANTICOLLAPSE_CTRL1 register). If the VBUS source cannot deliver high enough current and the VBUS
voltage drops, the VBUS input current is decreased by the analog loop so that the VBUS voltage stays at
programmed level. If an external PMOS is used to protect the VBUS input against negative voltage, then
the VBUS voltage at the connector can be slightly different because the anticollapse loop monitors the
voltage at the PMIC input.
The anticollapse loop of the linear battery charger (DPPM) monitors the system voltage (VSYS) and
controls the battery charging current. If battery voltage is below the VBATMIN_HI the threshold, the level
for the DPPM loop is 3.4 V, whereas if the battery voltage is above VBATMIN_HI, the VSYS voltage
tracks the VBAT voltage and the DPPM threshold is 50% of the programmed tracking voltage.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
79
PRODUCT PREVIEW
5.9.3.6
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
www.ti.com
Figure 5-16 shows an example of DPPM loop and supplement mode operation. The charging current is
set to 1 A and the VBUS input current limit is 1.5 A. When the system load is small the 1000 mA charging
current can be generated with around 750 mA VBUS current, thanks to the efficient DCDC converter. If
the system load is increased to around 900 mA level, the 1500 mA VBUS input current limit is reached
and the DPPM loop decreases the battery charging current in order to maintain 50% of the programmed
tracking voltage across the external FET. If the system load is increased further up to around 1900 mA
level, the battery charging current decreases to 0 mA and the supplement mode is enabled. Increasing the
system load above 1900 mA level directly affects the battery discharge current level. When the system
load is decreased the operation is opposite entering from supplement mode into DPPM loop operation and
finally out from VBUS input current limit mode.
ISYS
~2400 mA
~1900 mA
~900 mA
PRODUCT PREVIEW
0 mA
IVBUS
1500 mA
~750 mA
0 mA
IBAT
1000 mA
0 mA
-500 mA
VSYS
3.6 V
3.55 V
~3.5 V
DPPM
loop active
Supplement Mode
DPPM
loop
active
Figure 5-16. Example of DPPM Loop and Supplement Mode Operation (V VBUS = 5 V, VBAT = 3.5 V, 1.5 A
VBUS Input Current Limit)
80
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
5.9.5
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
Battery Temperature Monitoring
JEITA requirements define the maximum battery charging current and voltage at different temperature
ranges for Li-Ion batteries. The TPS80032 device supports the JEITA requirements with hardware-based
temperature measurement gating the battery charging below and above the preset temperature values
(typically 0°C and 60°C). Between these limits host processor must monitor the battery temperature using
the integrated general-purpose analog-to-digital converter (GPADC) and setting the charging current and
voltage accordingly. Figure 5-17 shows the voltage and current limits at different temperatures.
4.25 V
0.5C
current
#2
4.15 V
1C
current
4.10 V
0°C
10°C
45°C 50°C
60°C
SWCA105-001
Figure 5-17. Charging Current and Voltage Limits at Different Temperatures
Figure 5-17 allows two options for charging between 0°C and 10°C. As shown in the figure, #1 allows
charging up to 4.10 V with 1C current and #2 allows charging up to 4.25 V with 0.5C current. The term 1C
defines the charging current related to the battery capacity. For a 1200-mA-h battery 1C corresponds to a
1.2-A current.
The battery temperature is measured using an external NTC resistor. The measurement is enabled before
the charging starts and the temperature is constantly monitored during charging. If the battery temperature
is outside of the valid range, the charging is gated; if the temperature returns to the valid range, the
charging continues. In Power Path mode the system supply regulation is continued when the battery
charging is gated. The gating of the charging can be disabled with an OTP memory bit (EN_BAT_TEMP) if
needed. The temperature measurement circuitry is enabled if VBUS or an external charger is detected. An
interrupt (CHRG_CTRL) is always generated when the battery temperature crosses the temperature limits
in both directions. The interrupt generation can be masked if needed.
Figure 5-18 shows the battery temperature measurement circuitry.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
81
PRODUCT PREVIEW
#1
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
www.ti.com
GPADC_VREF
RATIO_TLO[2:0]
RATIO_THI[2:0]
RX
MUX
MUX
GPADC_IN1
RNTC
RY
Figure 5-18. Battery Temperature Measurement
PRODUCT PREVIEW
Because the NTC characteristics are highly nonlinear, it is combined with two resistors allowing
linearization of its characteristics and making the sensitivity of the system more constant over a wide
temperature range. The resulting voltage at GPADC_IN1 can be measured using the GPADC and is also
monitored by two comparators that enable the charge of the battery only when the temperature is within a
specified window, typically 0°C to 60°C. Resistors RX and RY are used to set the desired temperature
threshold levels.
5.9.6
Safety Timer and Charging Watchdog
The TPS80032 device includes a safety timer, the timing of which depends on the charging control mode
and the USB Charging Port detection result. During hardware-controlled charging, the period for the USB
charging port and the USB standard downstream port is approximately 6 minutes; for customer-specific
chargers, this period is approximately 14 minutes. Longer values can be selected with the OTP memory
(CHWDT_DEP0 bit), 11 minutes instead of 6 minutes and 29 minutes instead of 14 minutes. Charger
source dependency on the timer values can be enabled and disabled by OTP memory
(CHWDT_DEP_DETN bit). If disabled, the timer value is always set as for the USB standard downstream
port and for the customer-specific charger (longer timer value). During software-controlled charging the
safety timer is replaced by charging watchdog (SW WDT), host processor can select the watchdog time
up to 127 seconds. The transition from safety timer to software-controlled watchdog occurs when software
updates the WDG_RST, WDT[6:0], VICHRG[3:0], VOREG[5:0] bits or CONTROLLER_CTRL1 register.
The different safety timer and watchdog times are summarized in the EPROM bits Application Note. If the
AUTOCHARGE mode is selected by OTP memory bit, the fixed 8-hour watchdog (HW WDT) is taken into
use when the battery voltage is above the VBATMIN_HI level.
If the safety timer or watchdog expires, the battery charging is gated and interrupt is sent to host
processor. In Power Path configuration, the system supply regulator still continues to operate when the
battery charging is gated.
The operation of the safety timer and watchdog is presented in Figure 5-19.
82
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
Battery Charging
started
Battery Charging
terminated
Safety Timer
VBAT <
VBATMIN_HI
Yes
4-29 min
(depends on OTP bits)
Safety Timer and
Watchdog cleared
No
No
No
SW writing*
Yes
Yes
Safety Timer Reset
HW WDT Reset
* Writing into one of the following
registers:
- CONTROLLER_CTRL1
- CONTROLLER_WDG
- VOREG
- VICHRG
No
HW WDT
SW writing to
(VOREG OR VICHRG) OR
(SW writing to
CONTROLLER_CTRL1 and then
to CONTROLLER_WDT)
8 hour
Watchdog counting
No
VBAT <
VBATMIN_HI
SW WDT
Yes
0...127 s Watchdog
counting
Yes
HW WDT Reset
Yes
AUTOCHARGE=1 AND
(SW write CONTROLLER_WDT) AND
(SW has not written to
CONTROLLER_CTRL1)
No
Figure 5-19. Safety Timer and Charging Watchdog
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
83
PRODUCT PREVIEW
AUTOCHARGE
=1
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
5.9.7
www.ti.com
Limit Registers
During the full-charge phase, host processor sets the charging voltage and current. However, the device
limits the current and voltage to a level that is defined in the limit registers (CHARGERUSB_CTRLLIMIT1
and CHARGERUSB_CTRLLIMIT2). The limit registers in the device must be written just after the startup.
Host processor must check the battery type and define the maximum charging current and voltage for the
battery being used, write the limit values, and lock the limit registers with the LOCK_LIMIT bit, so that
these cannot be changed when the device is powered on. This ensures that third-party software or a virus
cannot set a charging current or voltage that is too high. The limit values are reset during power off by the
NRESPWRON signal and they must be written by host processor during every power up. Figure 5-20
shows the structure of the limit and programming registers.
Registers
Charging voltage
PRODUCT PREVIEW
Charging current
Minimum
Charging
voltage
Minimum
Charging
current
Limit registers
LOCK_LIMIT
Charging voltage
NRESPWRON
(NRESWARM)
Charging current
Figure 5-20. Charging Current and Voltage Limit Registers
5.9.8
Battery Presence Detector
The TPS80032 device supports battery detection. The presence of the battery can be detected with the
GPADC_IN0 input signal. The interface has two different functions:
• Detect battery removal and presence
• Measure the size of the resistor connected to the GPADC_IN0 line in the battery pack using the
GPADC
Battery pack removal is detected by a comparator that monitors GPADC_IN0. The battery pack must have
a pull-down resistor (RBRI) and the device has a current source (IBRI) in the line. If the battery pack is
removed, GPADC_IN0 rises above the comparator threshold level, the battery removal is detected, and
the device sends an indication (BAT interrupt) to the host processor. In addition, battery charging is
terminated if the battery is not present. Battery removal is detected with a comparator and a current
source supplied on the VRTC supply domain. This supply scheme allows detection in a dead battery case
configuration, because the VRTC can be supplied from the VBUS or VAC lines. The battery presence
detection module is enabled during the charging and during the ACTIVE and SLEEP states.
Figure 5-21 shows a block diagram of the battery presence detection circuitry.
84
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
VRTC
GPADC_IN0
IBRI
VBRIRef
BatRemoval
RBRI
SWCS057-014
Figure 5-21. Battery Presence Detector
CAUTION
5.9.9
Indicator LED Driver
The device has an indicator LED driver that indicates charging is ongoing during hardware-controlled
charging. During hardware-controlled charging, the LED driver is enabled only if the charging is ongoing
and it is turned off if the battery is not charged. The supply for the charging indicator LED driver is
generated from CHRG_PMID or VAC, depending on the active charging path. The CHRG_PMID pin is
used instead of the VBUS line so that the LED indicator current is included into the VBUS input current
limit.
During power on, host processor can control the indicator LED regardless of the charging with register bits
(LED_PWM_CTRL1 and LED_PWM_CTRL2). The supply for the LED can be selected as CHRG_PMID,
VAC, or CHRG_LED_IN. The current level can also be selected and the dimming function can be used.
Dimming is done with a 128-Hz PWM signal, which has 255 linear steps. The LED output pin has a
selectable pulldown when the module is disabled; the pulldown is enabled by default.
The indicator LED driver is also used to indicate if the device cannot power on after a key press
(PWRON). If the battery voltage is too low for startup, the LED driver gives three 300-ms pulses with a
300-ms duration between the pulses.
5.9.10 Supported Charging Sources
The following chargers are supported with the integrated switched-mode charger from the USB connector:
• Dedicated Charging Port (DCP)
• Charging Downstream Port (CDP)
• Standard Downstream Port (SDP)
• Chinese charger
To configure the system supply regulator and charger for proper operation mode depending on the
charging source characteristics, the charging source type must be detected and identified. The detection
of the charger attached to the USB connector is made inside the device by detecting a voltage greater
than VINmin on the charger input.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
85
PRODUCT PREVIEW
If the GPADC_IN0 line is not used for battery presence detection in the Power Path
configuration (POP_APPSCH OTP bit is 1), the capacitance of the VBAT line must be
below 100 µF. Otherwise a fully discharged battery cannot be detected correctly by the
battery charging loop.
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
www.ti.com
To minimize the capacitance of the data lines, the type of the charger connected to the USB connector
can be identified by the USB PHY and the information of the maximum current drawn from the charging
source can be transmitted to the device with a dedicated signal (CHRG_DET_N). The TPS80032 device
enables detection by delivering the LDOUSB supply (selectable by OTP memory bit,
AUTO_LDOUSB_DIS). The charger detection circuitry must deliver at least a 1.8-V voltage level to the
CHRG_DET_N input pin, by default a high logic level indicating that a USB charging port is detected. The
polarity of the charger detection signal can be selected with an OTP memory (DET_N_POL bit). The
accessory charger adapter (ACA) is identified in the TPS80032 device. A typical connection of the PMIC
and USB PHY is shown in Figure 5-22.
VBUS
PMIC
ID
USB
connector
ACA
detection
Control
logic
Power
path
VSYS
Battery
charger
VBAT
VBUS
VSYS
LDOUSB
PRODUCT PREVIEW
LDOUSB_OUT
CHRG_DET_N
Charger
detect
D-
D+
USB
PHY
Application processor or
stand-alone USB PHY
Charger_detection_scheme
Figure 5-22. Connection for the USB Charging Port Detection
The device can be interfaced with an ACA (external to the terminal) to support charging from the USB
Charging Port and USB communication to other USB devices from the USB port. For a description of ACA
detection, see USB OTG, USB OTG.
5.9.11 USB Suspend
The TPS80032 device includes a HZ_MODE bit which is usable, for example during USB suspend
periods. The benefit of the bit is that it can be used to gate the charging without changing any charging
parameters. When the suspend period ends, clearing the bit continues the battery charging.
5.9.12 Support for External Charging IC
The TPS80032 device can be interfaced with an auxiliary stand-alone charger device to support the
following use cases:
• Simultaneous battery charging from other than USB connector (different connector) and OTG operating
mode with USB connector (the integrated switched-mode system supply regulator used as the VBUS
supply)
• System supply generation and charging from the sources not connected to the USB connector
86
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
In the Power Path configuration the battery charging is always controlled by the TPS80032 device and the
external IC only generates the system supply which is needed for the battery charging. In the non-Power
Path configuration the external IC is used for battery charging. Figure 5-23 shows the connections
between TPS80032 device, application processor and external charging IC (BQ24159) in Power Path
configuration.
Application
Processor
VAC
VAC
Detector
+
OVV
Detector
INT
I2C
VAC
Detector
NRESPWRON
Thermal
Prot
CHRG_EXTCHRG_ENZ
Iout FB
Vsense FB
Thermal FB
Control
& WD
Isense
Vsense
VSYS
CHRG_EXTCHRG_STATZ
PMIC
External IC, e.g.
BQ24159
CHRG_VSYS
Battery
Charger
CHRG_GATE
_CTRL
CHRG_VBAT
CGAUGE_RESP
BATTERY
PACK
CGAUGE_RESN
Gas Gauge
Figure 5-23. Connection Diagram for External Charging Interface in Power Path Configuration
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
87
PRODUCT PREVIEW
VAC
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
www.ti.com
The external IC is enabled with a 1.8-V CMOS level signal, CHRG_EXTCHRG_ENZ. A low logic level
indicates that the regulator is enabled. The system supply regulation / battery charging status is indicated
with the CHRG_EXTCHRG_STATZ signal. An external IC pulls the signal down during operation.
The integrated USB regulator can be associated with an external VAC regulator. For that reason, the VAC
wall charger input is connected to the device to define the priorities. These priorities are controlled by
hardware when the device is powered off (NRESPWRON=0):
• When the VBUS is detected and the VAC is not detected, the USB input is used.
• When the VAC is detected and the VBUS is not detected, the external charging input (VAC) is used.
• When the VBUS and VAC are detected:
– If CHRG_DET_N = 0 and ACA (RID_A, RID_B or RID_C) is not detected (100-mA VBUS input
current limit), the VAC wall charger is expected to be better (or equivalent) and thus is chosen as
the default input path.
– If CHRG_DET_N = 1 or ACA (RID_A, RID_B or RID_C) is detected (USB Charging Port detected),
the USB is expected to be sufficient for system supply generation and charging and thus is chosen
as the default input path.
PRODUCT PREVIEW
If there is a fault condition on a charger during hardware-controlled operation and the fault condition
continues for at least 2.5 seconds, the input source is changed for a lower priority input. The change into a
lower priority input only prevents infinite looping between inputs. If only one charger is attached, the
regulator is not disabled in a fault condition, and if the fault condition does not disappear; the input is
terminated when the watchdog expires.
NOTE
In the Power Path mode the system voltage level is regulated according to the voltage level
set in the BQ24159. There is no automatic tracking of the battery voltage like when
integrated DCDC is used for system supply regulation. The voltage tracking must be done by
host processor in order to maintain high enough dropout for the external PMOS transistor
and on the other hand to limit the power dissipation in the PMOS transistor.
5.9.13 Battery Charger Interrupts
Figure 5-24 shows the system supply regulator and battery charger interrupt handling structure.
88
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
INT
Signal
HW signal
REGISTER NAME
INT_STS_A
INT_STS_B
(affected BIT)
- BIT NAME (R/F) (M)
M = Maskable
R = Rising edge sensitive
F = Falling edge sensitive
INT_STS_C
- CHRG_CTRL (M)
- EXT_CHRG (M)
- INT_CHRG (M)
Latched, cleared on writing ’1'
CONTROLLER_STAT1
(CHRG_CTRL)
- LINCH_GATED (R) (M)
- FAULT_WDG (R) (M)
- VAC_DET (R/F) (M)
- VBUS_DET (R/F) (M)
(EXT_CHRG)
- CHRG_EXTCHRG_STAT
(M)
-> VAC_FAULT (M)
-> VAC_EOC (M)
Live status
Live status
CHARGERUSB_INT_STATUS
(INT_CHRG)
- CURRENT_TERM (M)
- CHARGERUSB_STAT (M)
- CHARGERUSB_THMREG (M)
- CHARGERUSB_FAULT (M)
- EN_LINCH (R) (M)
Latched, cleared on read
Real reason must be read
from external charger
CONTROLLER_STAT1
PRODUCT PREVIEW
CONTROLLER_STAT1
CHARGERUSB_STATUS_INT2
(LINCH_GATED)
(CHRG_CTRL)
- BAT_REMOVED (R/F) (M)
- BAT_TEMP_OVRANGE (R/F)
(M)
(CURRENT_TERM)
- CURRENT_TERM (R)
Available only with
Power Path
Live status
Live status
CHARGERUSB_STATUS_INT2
LINEAR_CHRG_STS
Available only
without Power Path
(LINCH_GATED)
- CRYSTAL_OSC_OK
- END_OF_CHARGE
- VBATOV
- VSYSOV
(CHARGERUSB_STAT)
- CHARGE_DONE (R)
- ANTICOLLAPSE (R)
Live status
CHARGERUSB_STATUS_INT1
(CHARGERUSB_THMREG)
- TMREG (R/F)
Live status
Live status
CHARGERUSB_STATUS_INT1
(CHARGERUSB_FAULT)
- NOBAT (R/F)
- BST_OCP (R/F)
- TH_SHUTD (R/F)
- BAT_OVP (R/F)(VSYS voltage w/ PP)
- POOR_SRC (R/F)
- SLP_MODE (R/F)
- VBUS_OVP (R/F)
Live status
Figure 5-24. Interrupt Generation Architecture
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
89
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
www.ti.com
When the INT interrupt signal is set, host processor must read the reason of the interrupt by reading the
three interrupt status registers (INT_STS_A, INT_STS_B, and INT_STS_C). The battery charging related
register bits (CHRG_CTRL, EXT_CHRG, and INT_CHRG) are in the INT_STS_C register. The source of
the interrupt is
• CHRG_CTRL: The interrupt source is in the charger controller.
• EXT_CHRG: The interrupt source is in external charging IC.
• INT_CHRG: The interrupt source is in the TPS80032 battery charger.
The CHRG_CTRL indication can be further identified from the CONTROLLER_STAT1 register. This
register shows the actual status of the different interrupt sources, so if the situation disappears before
software can read it, software cannot know the real reason for the interrupt.
The origin of the external charger interrupt must be read from the external charging IC. The
CHRG_EXTCHRG_STATZ bit shows the actual level of the status signal.
The source for the INT_CHRG interrupt must be further clarified in the CHARGERUSB_INT_STATUS
register, which stores the latched information. The bits in the CHARGERUSB_INT_STATUS register are
cleared by read access.
PRODUCT PREVIEW
As an example, if the battery temperature goes above threshold level the BAT_TEMP_OVRANGE bit in
CONTROLLER_STAT1 register is high. This sets LINCH_GATED bit in CONTROLLER_STAT1 register to
high which sets CHRG_CTRL interrupt bit high and sets INT line low. Host processor detects the interrupt
and reads INT_STS_A, INT_STS_B, INT_STS_C, CONTROLLER_STAT1 and LINEAR_CHRG_STS
registers and finds the reason for the interrupt.
5.9.13.1 Sources of the Interrupt
The interrupt sources are described in the following lists, together with the actions software must take.
5.9.13.1.1 Charger Controller Interrupts
The charger controller interrupts are:
• FAULT_WDG: The charging watchdog has expired. Host processor must reset the timer in the
CONTROLLER_WDG register. In addition, host must initialize the charging and restart it.
• VAC_DET: The VAC detection threshold voltage has been crossed. The VAC charger has been either
inserted or removed. If the VAC charger is inserted, host processor can initialize and enable the
charging and select the charging source using the CONTROLLER_CTRL1 register bits. The
parameters for the VAC charging are programmed in the external IC.
• VBUS_DET: The VBUS detection threshold voltage has been crossed. The USB plug has been either
inserted, removed, or the VBUS delivery has been started or stopped. If the USB plug is inserted, the
host processor can initialize and enable the charging and select the charging source using the
CONTROLLER_CTRL1 register bits.
• BAT_REMOVED: The battery is either removed or inserted. This battery detection is based on the pulldown resistor on the GPADC_IN0 line. This feature can be enabled and disabled using the OTP
memory (EN_BAT_DET bit).
• BAT_TEMP_OVRANGE: The battery temperature has crossed the minimum or maximum temperature
limit set by the external resistors. The battery charging is gated outside of the valid range automatically
by hardware. This feature can be enabled and disabled using the OTP memory (EN_BAT_TEMP bit).
• CRYSTAL_OSC_OK: The charger crystal oscillator failed.
• END_OF_CHARGE: The end of charge current is detected from the linear charger loop. The host
processor can terminate the charging if the battery is full. This function is valid only with Power Path
(OTP bit POP_APPSCH = 1).
• VBATOV: Battery overvoltage is detected. There is something wrong in the battery charging and it
should be stopped. This function is valid only with Power Path (OTP bit POP_APPSCH = 1).
90
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
•
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
VSYSOV: System supply overvoltage is detected. There is something wrong or there is transient spike
in the system supply. The system supply level must be monitored with the ADC, and if it is
continuously too high, the system suppy regulator must be disabled. This function is valid only with
Power Path (OTP bit POP_APPSCH = 1).
5.9.13.1.2 External Charger Interrupt
The external charger interrupt is:
• EXT_CHRG: Interrupt from the external charger IC. The reason for the interrupt must be read from the
external charger IC.
The internal charger interrupts are:
• CURRENT_TERM: The current termination level has been detected. The functionality must be
controlled by host processor using the TERM and CHARGE_ONCE bits in the CHARGERUSB_CTRL1
and CHARGERUSB_CTRL3 registers. This bit is controlled only when the PMIC is used without Power
Path (OTP bit POP_APPSCH = 0).
• CHARGE_DONE: The charging termination current level is detected. Host processor can terminate the
battery charging. This bit is controlled only when the PMIC is used without Power Path (OTP bit
POP_APPSCH = 0).
• ANTICOLLAPSE: The anticollapse loop limiting the VBUS input voltage drop is active.
• TMREG: The thermal regulation loop of the USB charger is active. The temperature of the IC must be
monitored and if it becomes too high, some power dissipation must be removed by decreasing the
charging current or by disabling functions.
WARNING
The thermal regulation loop does not work if the CIN_LIMIT[5:0] VBUS input
current limit is set to unlimited. The thermal regulation loop shares the same
analog loop as the VBUS input current limit and it is disabled in this situation.
However, the high temperature detection still operates and it gates the DC-DC
operation if triggered.
NOTE
The thermal regulation loop generates an interrupt when the DC-DC in Power Path mode
and the battery charger in non-Power Path mode is enabled. The host processor must check
the TMREG bit to see if the thermal regulation loop is active to identify and clear the false
interrupt.
•
•
•
•
NOBAT: The battery is not detected by the USB charger. This bit is controlled only when the PMIC is
used without Power Path (OTP bit POP_APPSCH = 0) and the feature is enabled and disabled using
the OTP bit (EN_BQBAT_DET).
BST_OCP: The OTG boost supply overcurrent protection is active. There can be a short circuit or an
excessively high load in the VBUS. The boost regulator must be disabled if the VBUS voltage is not
increasing.
TH_SHUTD: The temperature of the USB charger is higher than the threshold level and the battery
charging is gated. The power dissipation must be decreased by reducing the charging current or by
disabling some functions.
BAT_OVP: The battery voltage is higher than the overvoltage threshold, and the charging is gated
(without Power Path). Something may be wrong in the battery charging and it should be stopped. This
bit indicates system overvoltage with Power Path.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
91
PRODUCT PREVIEW
5.9.13.1.3 Internal Charger Interrupts
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
•
•
•
•
www.ti.com
POOR_SRC: The VBUS voltage is between the system supply voltage and the minimum VBUS
detection voltage. The voltage is too low for battery charging. The charging from VBUS must be
terminated.
SLP_MODE: The charger is in a low-power sleep mode. The VBUS voltage is below the sleep-mode
entry threshold and VBUS is higher than the VBUS detection threshold.
VBUS_OVP: The VBUS voltage is higher than the overvoltage threshold and the charging is gated.
The voltage can be monitored with the ADC and if the high voltage situation continues, the charging
from VBUS must be terminated by host processor.
EN_LINCH: The linear charging has been enabled by the charger controller. This bit is controlled only
when the PMIC is used with Power Path (OTP bit POP_APPSCH = 1).
5.10 USB OTG
The device embeds all hardware analog mechanisms associated to VBUS and ID lines. The other aspects
of the OTG system, such as the OTG controller (hardware/software) or the USB data line (DP/DM) with
HNP and SRP signaling, are embedded in the USB PHY, which can be either integrated into the
application processor or there is stand-alone USB OTG PHY.
The device supports the Battery Charging Specification Revision 1.2 and it includes hardware required for
both OTG 1.3 and OTG 2.0 standards.
PRODUCT PREVIEW
92
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
REGISTER/REGISTER
BIT
OTG
Rev.
MODE/STATE
SUPPLIES
NEEDED
SRP – Pulsing method
VBUS charge on VSYS
VBUS_CHRG_VSYS
OTG 1.3
ACTIVE
VRTC
VSYS
SRP – Pulsing method
VBUS charge on PMID
VBUS_CHRG_PMID
OTG 1.3
ACTIVE
VRTC
CHRG_PMID
SRP – Pulsing method
VBUS discharge
VBUS_DISCHRG
OTG 1.3
ACTIVE
VRTC
ADP – Probing
VBUS charge
VBUS_IADP_SRC,
VADP_PRB
OTG 2.0
ACTIVE
VRTC
VANA
ADP – Probing
VBUS discharge
VBUS_IADP_SINK,
VADP_PRB
OTG 2.0
ACTIVE
VRTC
ADP – Sensing
VADP_SNS
OTG 2.0
SLEEP
ACTIVE
VRTC
VBUS detection
VA_VBUS_VLD,
VA_SESS_VLD,
VB_SESS_VLD,
VB_SESS_END,
VOTG_SESS_VLD
OTG 1.3
OTG 2.0
SLEEP
ACTIVE
VRTC
VANA
VBUS wake-up detection
Always enabled if VBUS
or VAC is present
–
PRECHARGE/OFF
SLEEP/ACTIVE
VRTC
VBUS GPADC
measurement
VBUS_MEAS
–
ACTIVE
VRTC
VANA
ID 220-kΩ pullup on
LDOUSB
ID_PU_220K
–
ACTIVE
VRTC
LDOUSB
ID 100-kΩ pullup on
LDOUSB
ID_PU_100K
–
ACTIVE
VRTC
LDOUSB
ID ground drive
ID_GND_DRV
–
ACTIVE
VRTC
ID 16-µA source current
ID_SRC_16U
BC 1.2
PRECHARGE
SLEEP/ACTIVE
VRTC
LDOUSB
ID 5-µA source current
ID_SRC_5U
–
ACTIVE
VRTC
LDOUSB
ID detection
ID_GND, ID_A, ID_B,
ID_C, ID_FLOAT
BC 1.2
OTG 1.3
OTG 2.0
PRECHARGE
SLEEP/ACTIVE
VRTC
LDOUSB
ID wake-up detection
ID_WK_UP_COMP
–
OFF
SLEEP/ACTIVE
VRTC
ID GPADC measurement
ID_MEAS
–
ACTIVE
VRTC
VANA
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
PRODUCT PREVIEW
The device supports the following functions.
FUNCTION/FEATURE
93
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
www.ti.com
NOTE
•
•
•
•
•
PRODUCT PREVIEW
•
•
•
•
•
Both VBUS and ID wake-up comparators can generate a start event when the device is
in WAIT-ON state. The VBUS wake-up is enabled always, the ID wake-up enable is
configurable and disabled by default (ID_WK_UP_COMP bit in BACKUP_REG register).
Those comparators can also make the device leave the SLEEP state and enter the
ACTIVE state. An interrupt is sent to the host processor if they are not masked.
In PRECHARGE state, the VBUS wake-up comparator, the LDOUSB regulator, the ID
comparators, and the 16-µA current source are enabled automatically. The ACA
detection result increases the VBUS input current limit in case USB Charging Port is
detected.
The OTG_REV bit (in BACKUP_REG register) unlocks the respective VBUS detection
features and associated electrical parameters specific to each OTG revision 1.3 and
revision 2.0 (see the VBUS_ACT_COMP bit).
All TPS80032 OTG registers are unlocked and operate either with a read/write (R/W)
access or a read/set/clear (R/S/C) process.
VBUS_ACT_COMP (USB_VBUS_CTRL_SET/USB_VBUS_CTRL_CLR) is the only R/W
register bit that relies on the OTG_REV OTP bit value. This bit enables the needed
VBUS comparators, reducing the power consumption of the OTG VBUS analog section.
Therefore, all deactivated comparators have their corresponding source and latch
registers fixed at 0.
For some of the analog electrical parameters that are not backward-compatible between
OTG revision 1.3 and OTG revision 2.0 but also are not manageable through the
OTG_REV preselection bit, it is assumed throughout this section that the OTG revision
2.0 characteristic limits supersede the OTG revision 1.3 electrical limits and, thus, OTG
2.0 is the reference.
OTG revision 1.3 devices have just emerged on the electronic market and should be
outnumbered shortly by OTG revision 2.0 devices.
In addition, the USB-IF consortium suggests a fast-forward transition to OTG revision 2.0
to solve current incompatibilities and limitations between OTG revision 1.3 devices.
All electrical parametric deviations from OTG revision 1.3 are explicitly highlighted
through this section.
The full list of nonbackward-compatible electrical parameters is available on the USB-IF
website in the developer forum section.
There are two types of VBUS and ID comparators, referred to throughout this section as wake-up
(normally used in TPS80032 SLEEP state) and active comparators (generally activated in TPS80032
ACTIVE state). Those comparators are not exclusively working in respective TPS80032 SLEEP, and
ACTIVE states, but can also pretend to additional usages’ conditions. Indeed, the wake-up comparators
are targeting low power consumptions, whereas the active comparators are intended for accurate level
detections:
• The wake-up comparators are working in TPS80032 PRECHARGE, WAIT-ON, SLEEP, and ACTIVE
states. Those comparators can wake up the device from SLEEP state but can also switch on the
device from WAIT-ON state. VBUS wake-up comparator can also start the precharge, provided that all
other precharging conditions are met.
• The active comparators work in TPS80032 SLEEP and ACTIVE states. When working in the SLEEP
state, all required power and clock resources should remain active. ID active comparators, used for
ACA detections, are automatically enabled in PRECHARGE state; VBUS active comparators remain
off.
94
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
5.10.1 ID Line
The USB Battery Charging Specification describes the operation of the ACA. The RID_A, RID_B, and
RID_C resistors are related only to the different ACA operations, whereas the grounded and floating IDs
(ROTG_A, ROTG_B = RID_FLOAT) are related to the connections of the USB OTG standard plugs (See
"Battery Charging Specification, Revision 1.2"). When either of the RID_A, RID_B, or RID_C resistance is
in place, the VBUS is delivered by the ACA. This allows the device to wake up from VBUS or ID. The host
can then enable the ID active comparators by writing ID_ACT_COMP bit (in USB_ID_CTRL_SET register)
to correctly identify the different RID values. In addition, an interrupt is generated if the resistance on the
ID ball is changing.
The following pullup and pulldown resistors and current sources can be connected to the ID line:
• ID_PU_220K bit enables an ID 220-kΩ pullup to the LDOUSB supply.
• ID_PU_100K bit enables an ID 100-kΩ pullup to the LDOUSB supply.
• ID_GND_DRV bit enables an ID 10-kΩ pulldown.
• ID_SRC_16U bit enables an ID 16-µA current source on the LDOUSB supply.
• ID_SRC_5U bit enables an ID 5-µA current source on the LDOUSB supply.
• ID_WK_UP_COMP enables an ID 9-µA current source (IID_WK_SRC) on the VRTC supply.
The ID wake-up comparator is used when the TPS80032 device is in the WAIT-ON or SLEEP state. It
allows start up of the TPS80032 device when a USB cable A-plug is attached (A-plug has a pulldown
resistor, ROTG_A, to ground on the ID line).
Four comparators, supplied on the LDOUSB regulator, are implemented to evaluate the proper external ID
resistor. Additional logic between those comparators allows the detection of the five debounced interrupts
(fixed 30-ms debouncing):
• ID_FLOAT
• ID_A
• ID_B
• ID_C
• ID_GND
It is possible to use the GPADC to monitor the voltage on the ID line (channel 14). A 6.875-V maximum
voltage on the ID line corresponds to a 1.25-V maximum dynamic at the input stage of the GPADC
converter, allowing a 6.0-V maximum measurement.
Figure 5-25 shows the block diagram of the ID resistance detection and the decoding.Table 5-1 lists the ID
resistance interrupt decoding.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
95
PRODUCT PREVIEW
During hardware-controlled charging, the TPS80032 device monitors if an ACA is connected and sets the
corresponding VBUS input current limit.
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
www.ti.com
RID_FLOAT
VID_CMP4
VID_CMP3
Debounce and
Decoding
RID_A
RID_B
RID_C
VID_CMP2
ID
RID_GND
PRODUCT PREVIEW
RID
VID_CMP1
Figure 5-25. ID Resistance Detection
Table 5-1. ID Resistance Interrupt Decoding
ID pin level
RID Resistance
Interrupt
VID < VID_CMP1
RID < 1 kΩ
ID_GND
VID_CMP1 < VID < VID_CMP2
36 kΩ < RID < 37 kΩ
ID_C
VID_CMP2 < VID < VID_CMP3
67 kΩ < RID < 69 kΩ
ID_B
VID_CMP3 < VID < VID_CMP4
122 kΩ < RID < 126 kΩ
ID_A
VID > VID_CMP4
RID > 220 kΩ
ID_FLOAT
5.10.2 VBUS Line
The VBUS wake-up comparator is used when the TPS80032 device is in the PRECHARGE, WAIT-ON,
SLEEP, or ACTIVE state. It allows startup of the TPS80032 device when a USB cable plug is attached
with a VBUS voltage level of 3.6 V minimum being present on the VBUS line.
The LDOUSB regulator, the ACA comparators and 16-µA current source can be selected to be controlled
by the VBUS wake-up comparator until the first I2C write access to the LDOUSB resource state register
(LDOUSB_CFG_STATE) (by setting the AUTO_LDOUSB_DIS OTP bit to 0).
The following pullup and pulldown resistors and current sinks/sources can be connected to the VBUS line:
• VBUS_CHRG_VBAT bit enables a VBUS 2-kΩ pullup to the VSYS supply.
• VBUS_CHRG_PMID bit enables a VBUS 2-kΩ pullup to the CHRG_PMID supply.
• VBUS_DISCHRG bit enables a VBUS 10-kΩ pulldown.
• VBUS_IADP_SRC bit enables a VBUS 1.4-mA current source on the VANA supply.
• VBUS_IADP_SINK bit enables a VBUS 1.5-mA current sink.
• RA_BUS_IN resistor is fixed and a combination of all parallel resistor bridges implemented on VBUS in
the various IPs such as backup battery, OTG, and charger.
• RVBUS_LKG represents the TPS80032 device internal leakage.
96
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
Related to the OTG 1.3 revision, four comparators supplied on the VANA regulator are implemented to
evaluate the proper voltage level on the VBUS line.
In the OTG 2.0 revision, only one comparator is required for the session valid detection
(VOTG_SESS_VLD) supplied also on the VANA domain. Still, the VA_VBUS_VLD comparator can be
used to detect a possible VBUS short-circuit condition.
The TPS80032 device embeds the OTG 2.0 optional features related to the VBUS ADP probing and
sensing, and hence with two additional comparators supplied on VANA (VADP_PRB and VADP_SNS).
It is possible to use the GPADC to monitor the voltage on the VBUS line (channel 10), see GENERALPURPOSE ADC for more information.
NOTE
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
If the system switches off, the LDOUSB regulator stays on if the VBUS is still connected.
When the NRESPWRON signal is released, only I2C accesses enable the regulator, if
not previously enabled by the VBUS wake-up comparator in the PRECHARGE state.
The LDOUSB regulator is a dual-input supply LDO. The LDOUSB regulator enable is
independent of the overvoltage condition.
When a VBUS overvoltage condition occurs, the CHRG_PMID input switch is
automatically opened, protecting the LDOUSB from possible overvoltage stresses.
When neither the VSYS nor PMID input supply is selected, the LDOUSB regulator
cannot output a proper voltage, even if its control enable is set (see the
LDOUSB_CFG_TRANS register).
Host should keep monitoring the VBUS overvoltage condition and turn off the LDOUSB
regulator when necessary.
The VBUS detection mechanism works only when the VANA supply is present:
– TPS80032 SLEEP state – VANA should remain active.
– TPS80032 ACTIVE state – VANA is always on.
For ADP detection, host can use the TPS80032 embedded mechanism or directly use
the output of the comparators with their associated interrupts.
There is no source and enable low register bits associated with the ADP interrupt,
because this ADP interrupt represents the output of the digital ADP module and not the
output of an analog comparator.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
97
PRODUCT PREVIEW
Seven comparators allow the detection of the four OTG 1.3 and the three OTG 2.0 debounced interrupts:
• VA_VBUS_VLD (OTG 1.3/OTG 2.0) – fixed 30-ms debouncing
• VB_SESS_VLD (OTG 1.3) – fixed 30-ms debouncing
• VA_SESS_VLD (OTG 1.3) – fixed 30-ms debouncing
• VB_SESS_END (OTG 1.3) – fixed 30-ms debouncing
• VOTG_SESS_VLD (OTG 2.0) – fixed 30-ms debouncing
• VADP_PRB (OTG 2.0) – fixed 2x 30-µs debouncing
• VADP_SNS (OTG 2.0) – fixed 2x 30-µs debouncing
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
www.ti.com
5.10.3 ADP on VBUS Line
The ADP lets the device detect when a remote device is attached or detached with a low power
consumption. The ADP detects the change in the VBUS capacitance that occurs when two devices are
attached or detached. The capacitance is detected by first discharging (VBUS_IADP_SINK) the VBUS line
and then measuring the time it takes for VBUS to charge to a VADP_PRB voltage level with a
VBUS_IADP_SRC current source. The change in the capacitance is detected by looking for a change in
the T_ADP_RISE charge time. This procedure is called ADP probing.
If an A-device is attached to a B-device, and both support ADP features, the A-device performs ADP
probing and the B-device performs ADP sensing. During ADP sensing, the B-device looks for ADP
probing activity on the VBUS line. If ADP probing activity is detected, the B-device determines that the Adevice is still attached.
As shown in Figure 5-26, the ADP module has timing register bits (T_ADP_HIGH, T_ADP_LOW, and
T_ADP_RISE), control logic, a current source (VBUS_IADP_SRC), a current sink (VBUS_IADP_SINK),
and two comparators (VADP_PRB [ADP probing] and VADP_SNS [ADP sensing]).
VBUS_IADP_SRC
PRODUCT PREVIEW
Upper
limit
T_ADP_HIGH[7:0]
Lower
limit
T_ADP_LOW[7:0]
Time interval
measurement
VBUS
VADP_PRB
T_ADP_RISE[7:0]
VBUS_IADP_SINK
VADP_SNS
ADP probing and sensing
control
ADP interrupt
32.768-kHz crystal clock
ADP_MODE[1:0]
SWCS057-016
Figure 5-26. Attach Detection Protocol Scheme
Figure 5-27 shows the ADP timing diagram.
98
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
VBUS
voltage
T_ADP_RISE
TA_ADP_PRB or TB_ADP_PRB
VADP_PRB
VADP_SNS
VADP_DSCHRG
Time
T_ADP_SINK
SWCS057-017
OPERATION
00
ADP digital module is disabled.
01
ADP sensing mode is enabled.
10
ADP probing mode as an A-device is enabled.
11
ADP probing mode as a B-device is enabled.
The limit registers (T_ADP_LOW[7:0] and T_ADP_HIGH[7:0]) and the last measurement time
(T_ADP_RISE[7:0]) are reset when the digital module is disabled.
During the ADP sensing mode, the VADP_SNS comparator is used. The digital module monitors the
comparator output to ensure that it toggles and the time duration between the rising edge of the
comparator output signal is shorter than T_ADP_SNS. If there is no new rising edge within the
T_ADP_SNS period, the module generates an ADP interrupt.
Figure 5-28 shows the ADP sensing timing diagram.
T_ADP_SNS
32.768-kHz crystal clock
ADP interrupt
ADP_MODE[1:0]
00
01
Comp(VADP_SNS)
SWCS057-018
Figure 5-28. ADP Sensing Timing Diagram
During ADP probing, the VADP_PRB comparator is used. The time interval measurement counter is reset
and the VBUS_IADP_SINK current sink is turned on for T_ADP_SINK. The T_ADP_SINK time is long
enough to discharge the VBUS voltage below VADP_DSCHG. There is no comparator to monitor the
discharge level. After that, the current sink is turned off, the current source VBUS_IADP_SRC is turned
on, and the time interval measurement counter starts to count 32.768-kHz crystal clock cycles. When the
VBUS voltage reaches VADP_PRB voltage level the current source is turned off, and the time interval
measurement counter is stopped. If the VADP_PRB voltage is not reached before counter value is 255,
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
99
PRODUCT PREVIEW
Figure 5-27. ADP Timing Diagram
ADP_MODE[1:0]
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
www.ti.com
the counter value is stopped to 255. The current source is disabled when the voltage reaches VADP_PRB
level or the next current sink period starts. If the measured time interval value is lower than
T_ADP_LOW[7:0] or higher than T_ADP_HIGH[7:0], an interrupt is generated. The host processor sets
the limit values so that the operation fulfills the requirements of the OTG 2.0 specification. Figure 5-29
shows the ADP probing timing diagram.
>T_ADP_HIGH or
<T_ADP_LOW
32.768-kHz crystal clock
ADP interrupt
ADP_MODE[1:0]
00
10/11
T_ADP_SINK
00
10/11
T_ADP_SINK
VBUS_IADP_SINK
T_ADP_RISE
VBUS_IADP_SRC
T_ADP_RISE
PRODUCT PREVIEW
Comp(VADP_PRB)
TA_ADP_PRB or TB_ADP_PRB
Figure 5-29. ADP Probing Timing Diagram
5.11 Gas Gauge
The gas gauge, also called the current gauge, measures the current from the battery or the current into
the battery. An ADC (Coulomb counter) is required to measure the voltage over the external sense
resistor, R2. This resistor is connected to the negative side of the battery. The integration period of the
ADC is programmable from 3.9 to 250 ms with CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] bits (in FG_REG_00 register).
The gas gauge works continuously, which means that the new measurement starts immediately after the
previous result becomes available. The accumulated result is calculated by the TPS80032 digital module
but requires host processor to calculate the battery energy (See ).
Figure 5-30 shows a block diagram of the gas gauge.
100
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
Battery
Li-Ion
or
Li-Pol
Autocalibration switches
PAD_GGAUGE_RESP
Digital control
Accumulator
Rsense
DS Coulomb Counter
13 bits
Digital filter
1 bit
13 bits+Sign
Integrator
Registers
Sample counter
PAD_GGAUGE_RESN
Calibration
Analog
Digital
SWCS057-020
5.11.1 Autocalibration
Autocalibration is enabled by host. During autocalibration, the gas gauge performs eight measurements so
that the inputs for the ADC are short-circuited. The result indicates the offset error of the gas gauge. The
result is stored in the CC_OFFSET[9:0] bits and the completion of the measurement procedure is
indicated with the CC_AUTOCAL interrupt. Software must read the offset error result (CC_OFFSET[9:0]
bits in FG_REG_08 and FG_REG_09 registers) and use that to compensate the actual measurement
results. The CC_CAL_EN bit self-clears when the calibration completes. The gas gauge must be enabled
(FGS bit TOGGLE1 register) before starting the calibration. The temperature variation changes the offset
error, so the recalibration is preferred during operation.
5.11.2 Auto-Clear and Pause
The auto-clear function is used in the sequence of changing from one integration period to another. Before
changing the integration period, the CC_PAUSE bit must be set to 1. Setting the CC_AUTOCLEAR bit to
1 clears the CC_OFFSET[9:0], CC_SAMPLE_CNTR[23:0], and CC_ACCUM[31:0] bit fields. The
CC_AUTOCLEAR bit self-clears when the registers are reset.
Setting CC_PAUSE to 1 keeps the analog from updating the integrator, accumulator, and sample counter
registers. The integrator continues to run. If an integration period ends while the CC_PAUSE bit is 1, the
value that is normally written to these registers is lost and the next integration period starts automatically.
5.11.3 Dithering
The FGDITHS bit is set to 1 to enable dithering in the ADC, which keeps idle tones from being generated
with a DC input value. FGDITHS is not affected by the CC_AUTOCLEAR bit. Use the FGDITHR bit to
disable the dithering. The dithering feature status is available in the FGDITH_EN bit.
5.11.4 Operation Guidelines
In order to start the current gauging the host processor must first set the correct integration period
(CC_ACTIVE_MODE[1:0] bits), enable the gas gauge (FGS toggle bit), and perform the calibration
(CC_CAL_EN bit) to get the offset error and use that to make corrections to the measurement results. The
current gauge enters normal operation automatically when calibration completes. After that, host
processor can read the sample counter (CC_SAMPLE_CNTR[23:0] bits) and accumulator
(CC_ACCUM[31:0] bits) results and calculate the energy accordingly.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
101
PRODUCT PREVIEW
Figure 5-30. Gas Gauge Block Diagram
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
www.ti.com
To record the current consumption waveform,the host must use an interrupt (CC_EOC) to detect when the
integration sample result is ready. The integration register CC_INTEG[13:0] always stores the result of the
last measurement.
WARNING
Anti-aliasing filter (RC-filtering) is not allowed with Charger Power Path
configuration. The charger senses the battery current using the same resistor as
Gas Gauge and RC filtering affects the charger loops and may generate stability
problems.
5.12 General-Purpose ADC
The GPADC consists of a 12-bit sigma-delta ADC combined with a 19-input analog multiplexer. The
GPADC enables the host processor to monitor a variety of analog signals using analog-to-digital
conversion on the input source. After the conversion completes, an interrupt is generated
(GPADC_RT_EOC or GPADC_SW_EOC) for the host processor and it can read the result of the
conversion through the I2C interface.
PRODUCT PREVIEW
The GPADC supports 19 analog inputs: 7 of these inputs are available on external balls and the remaining
12 are dedicated to internal resource monitoring. Two of the seven external inputs are associated with
current sources allowing measurements of resistive elements (battery type and temperature or other
thermal sensor). The reference voltage (GPADC_VREF) is available when the GPADC is enabled.
GPADC_IN0 is associated with a current source of 7 µA. An additional 15-µA current source can be
enabled by register bit (GPADC_ISOURCE_EN bit in GPADC_CTRL register). A comparator connected to
this input is intended to detect the presence or absence of the battery (resistance to ground is less than
130 kΩ in the battery pack). The removal and insertion of the battery pack generates an interrupt and the
detection result is also available at the BATREMOVAL ball.
GPADC_IN1 and GPADC_IN4 are associated with a voltage reference equal to the ADC reference and
are intended to measure temperature with an NTC sensor. In addition, a detection module is connected to
GPADC_IN1 to permanently monitor the temperature and gate the charge for the battery.
GPADC_IN3 is associated with the three selectable current sources and can be used, for example, to
measure a voltage across an external resistor or diode. The selectable current levels are 10 µA, 400 µA,
and 800 µA and the current is controlled by a register bits (GPADC_REMSENSE[1:0] bits in
GPADC_CTRL2 register).
Figure 5-31 shows the block diagram of the GPADC.
102
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
7/22µA
BAT_DET
Logic
GPADC_IN0
BATREMOVAL
GPADC_VREF
GPADC_IN1
Battery Temperature
Measurement
Comparators
GATE CHARGING
GPADC_IN2
PRODUCT PREVIEW
ADC Voltage reference
INPUT
SCALER
RT CONVERSION
RESULT
RT CONVERSION
RESULT
10/400/800µA
12-bit
Sigma-Delta ADC
GPADC_IN3
INTERNAL
CHANNELS
(12)
GPADC_IN4
SW CONVERSION
RESULT
BCI CONVERSION
RESULT
GPADC_IN5
RT CONV request
SW CONV request
GPADC_IN6
ADC Control
BCI CONV request
INTERRUPT
Figure 5-31. Block Diagram of the GPADC
For all the measurements performed by the monitoring ADC, the means to scale of the signal to be
measured to the ADC input range are integrated in the TPS80032 device (voltage dividers, current to
voltage converters, and current source).
The conversion requests are initiated by the host processor, either by software through the I2C or by
hardware through a dedicated external ball GPADC_START. This last mode is useful when real-time
conversion is required. An interrupt signal is generated when the conversion result is ready.
There are three kinds of conversion requests with the following priority:
• Real-time conversion request (RT)
• Asynchronous conversion request (SW)
• Battery charging module internal conversion request (BCM)
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
103
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
www.ti.com
PRODUCT PREVIEW
Before starting the measurement, the software can enable channels, scalers, current sources and select
other parameters:
• GPADC_IN0: Additional current source with the GPADC_ISOURCE_EN bit in the GPADC_CTRL
register. (Can be enabled only if OTP bit EN_BAT_DET=1)
• GPADC_IN1: Enable channel with the GPADC_TEMP1_EN bit in the GPADC_CTRL register.
• GPADC_IN2: Enable channel with the GPADC_SCALER_EN_CH2 bit in the GPADC_CTRL register.
• GPADC_IN3: Select current source level with the GPADC_REMSENSE [1:0] bits in the
GPADC_CTRL2 register.
• GPADC_IN4: Enable channel with the GPADC_TEMP2_EN bit in GPADC_CTRL the register.
• GPADC_IN7: Select scaler ratio with the VSYS_SCALER_DIV4 bit in GPADC_CTRL the register.
• GPADC_IN11: Enable channel with the GPADC_SCALER_EN_CH11 bit in GPADC_CTRL the
register.
• GPADC_IN12: Enable channel with the TMP1_EN_MONITOR bit in GPADC_CTRL the register.
• GPADC_IN13: Enable channel with the TMP2_EN_MONITOR bit in GPADC_CTRL the register.
• GPADC_IN18: Enable channel with the GPADC_SCALER_EN_CH18 bit and select scaler ration with
the VBAT_SCALER_DIV4 bit in the GPADC_CTRL2 register.
• Polarity of the GPADC_START signal for RT measurement: GPADC_START_POLARITY bit in the
TOGGLE1 register.
• Sampling window time (16.5 μs / 450 μs): GPADC_SAMP_WINDOW bit in the TOGGLE1 register.
The 450-μs sampling window is beneficial, for example, when measuring system/battery voltage level
synchronized with GSM burst. During the 450-μs delay the system/battery voltage settles to a loaded
situation.
5.12.1 Real-Time Conversion Request (RT)
The real-time conversion is requested with the GPADC_START signal. Before requesting the conversion,
software must enable the required channels, scalers, and current sources. In addition, software must
enable the GPADC with the GPADCS bit in the TOGGLE1 register and select one or two channels for
conversion with the RTSELECT_LSB, RTSELECT_ISB, and RTSELECT_MSB register bits. If more than
two channels are selected for the conversion, the two lowest input numbers are converted. At the end of
the conversions, the GPADC writes the conversion results into the results register (RTCH0_LSB,
RTCH0_MSB, RTCH1_LSB, and RTCH1_MSB) and sets the GPADC_RT_EOC interrupt (if interrupt is
unmasked).
If a GPADC_START real-time request occurs while a software-initiated conversion or BCM internal
conversion is running, the ongoing conversion is aborted, the real-time conversion is started, and a new
software-initiated or BCM internal conversion is rescheduled after the real-time conversion is ready.
5.12.2 Asynchronous Conversion Request (SW)
Software can also request a conversion asynchronously with respect to the GPADC_START signal. This
conversion is not critical in terms of start-of-conversion positioning.
Software enables the required channels, scalers, current sources, enables the GPADC with GPADCS bit
in TOGGLE1 register and selects the channel to be converted with GPSELECT_ISB register bits. The
conversion is requested with SP1 bit in the CTRL_P1 register. When the conversion is ready a
GPADC_SW_EOC interrupt is generated (if interrupt is unmasked) and the conversion result is available
in GPCH0_LSB and GPCH0_MSB registers. A GPADC_START-initiated conversion (RT) and BCM
internal conversion have higher priority than the software-initiated conversion.
If a software request occurs while a GPADC_START-initiated sequence (RT) or BCM internal conversion
is running, the software request is placed on hold and the ongoing conversion continues until it completes
and the converted data is stored. A GPADC_RT_EOC interrupt is then generated and sent to the
processor in case of RT sequence. The digital control executes the software request when the higher
priority conversion are completed. A GPADC_SW_EOC interrupt is then generated.
104
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
5.12.3 BCM Internal Conversion Request
The GPADC is automatically enabled when an internal BCM request is asserted. When this occurs, the
GPADC input channel 17 is selected for a conversion. At the end of the conversion, the GPADC result is
passed internally to the BCM digital control. Interrupt is not generated at the end of the BCM conversion
request.
GPADC_START-initiated conversion (RT) has a higher priority than the BCM-initiated conversion.
The different ADC channels are summarized in the following table.
Table 5-2. GPADC Input Channels
(1)
(2)
(3)
CHANNEL
TYPE
INPUT VOLTAGE
FULL RANGE (1)
INPUT VOLTAGE
PERFORMANCE
RANGE (2)
0
External
0–1.25 V (3)
0.01–1.215 V
Battery type, resistor value
1
External
0–1.25 V (3)
0.01–1.215 V
Battery temperature, NTC resistor value
2
External
0–1.875 V (3)
0.015–1.822 V
Audio accessory/general purpose
3
External
0–1.25 V (3)
0.01–1.215 V
Temperature with external diode/general purpose
4
External
0–1.25 V
(3)
0.01–1.215 V
Temperature measurement/general purpose
5
External
0–1.25 V (3)
0.01–1.215 V
General purpose
6
External
0–1.25 V (3)
0.01–1.215 V
General purpose
7
Internal
0–5 V or 0–6.25 V
0.04–4.86 V or
0.05–6.075 V
System supply
8
Internal
0–6.25 V
0.05–4.8 V
Backup battery
9
Internal
0–11.25 V
2.0–10.0 V
External charger input
10
Internal
0–27.25 V
0.01–6.0 V
VBUS
11
Internal
0–1.875 A
0.015–1.5 A
VBUS DC-DC output current (available only
without power path, OTP memory bit
POP_APPSCH = 0, R9 = 68 mΩ)
12
Internal
0–1.25 V
0.01–1.215 V
Die temperature
13
Internal
0–1.25 V
0.01–1.215 V
Die temperature
14
Internal
0–6.875 V
0.055–6.68 V
USB ID line
15
Internal
0–6.25 V
0.05–6.075 V
Test network
16
Internal
0–4.75 V
0.038–4.617 V
Test network
17
Internal
0–7.8125 A
0–1.5 A
18
Internal
0–5 V or 0–6.25 V
0.04–4.86 V or
0.05–6.075 V
PRODUCT PREVIEW
OPERATION
Battery charging current (with 20-mΩ sense
resistor) (available only with power path, OTP
memory bit POP_APPSCH = 1)
Battery voltage
The minimum and maximum voltage in full range corresponds to typical minimum and maximum output codes (0 and 4095).
The performance voltage is a range where gain error drift, offset drift, INL and DNL, and specification parameters are ensured.
The maximum current sourced into the input is 1mA in NO SUPPLY, BACKUP, and WAIT-ON states.
5.12.4 Calibration
The GPADC channels are calibrated in the production line using a two point calibration method. The
channels are measured with two known values (X1 and X2) and the difference (D1 and D2) to the ideal
values (Y1 and Y2) are stored in OTP memory. The principle of the calibration is shown in Figure 5-32.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
105
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
www.ti.com
Measured
Code
D2=Y2-X2
Y2
Ideal
Curve
Measured
Curve
Y1
D1=Y1-X1
Offset
Ideal Code
X1
X2
PRODUCT PREVIEW
Calibration Points
Measured Points
Figure 5-32. ADC Calibration Scheme
The corrected result can be calculated using the following equations.
Gain: k = 1 + ((D2 – D1) / (X2 – X1))
Offset: b = D1 – (k - 1) × X1
If the measured code is a, the corrected code a' is:
a' = (a – b) / k
Some of the GPADC channels can use the same calibration data. Table 5-3 lists the parameters X1 and
X2, and the register of D1 and D2 needed in the calculation for all the channels.
Table 5-3. GPADC Calibration Parameters
D2 (1)
CHANNEL
X1
X2
0, 1, 3, 4,
5, 6, 12,
13
1441
(0.44 V)
3276
(1.0 V)
GPADC_TRIM3[4:0] * 4 +
GPADC_TRIM1[2:1], sign =
GPADC_TRIM1[0]
GPADC_TRIM4[5:0] * 4 +
GPADC_TRIM2[2:1], sign =
GPADC_TRIM2[0]
Channel 3 trimming is
used
2
1441
(0.66 V)
3276
(1.5 V)
GPADC_TRIM3[4:0] * 4 +
GPADC_TRIM1[2:1], sign =
GPADC_TRIM1[0]
GPADC_TRIM4[5:0] * 4 +
GPADC_TRIM2[2:1], sign =
GPADC_TRIM2[0]
Channel 3 trimming is
used
3276
(5.0 V)
(GPADC_TRIM3[4:0] * 4 +
GPADC_TRIM1[2:1], sign =
GPADC_TRIM1[0]) +
(GPADC_TRIM8[4:3] * 16 +
GPADC_TRIM7[4:1], sign =
GPADC_TRIM7[0])
(GPADC_TRIM4[5:0] * 4 +
GPADC_TRIM2[2:1], sign =
GPADC_TRIM2[0]) +
(GPADC_TRIM10[4:0] * 4 +
GPADC_TRIM8[2:1], sign =
GPADC_TRIM8[0])
Channel 3 and channel
8 trimming is combined
3276
(9.0 V)
(GPADC_TRIM3[4:0] * 4 +
GPADC_TRIM1[2:1], sign =
GPADC_TRIM1[0]) +
(GPADC_TRIM14[4:3] * 16 +
GPADC_TRIM12[4:1], sign =
GPADC_TRIM12[0])
(GPADC_TRIM4[5:0] * 4 +
GPADC_TRIM2[2:1], sign =
GPADC_TRIM2[0]) +
(GPADC_TRIM16[4:0] * 4 +
GPADC_TRIM14[2:1], sign =
GPADC_TRIM14[0])
Channel 3 and channel
9 trimming is combined
8
9
(1)
106
1441
(2.2 V)
1441
(3.96 V)
D1
(1)
COMMENTS
The result is coded so that the LSB defines the sign and the MSBs define the magnitude (not 2's complement).
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
Table 5-3. GPADC Calibration Parameters (continued)
CHANNEL
X1
X2
D1 (1)
D2 (1)
GPADC_TRIM15[3:0] * 8 +
GPADC_TRIM13[3:1], sign =
GPADC_TRIM13[0]
Dedicated trimming
COMMENTS
10
150
(1.0 V)
751
(5.0 V)
GPADC_TRIM11[3:0] * 8 +
GPADC_TRIM9[3:1], sign =
GPADC_TRIM9[0]
11
1441
(0.66 A)
3276
(1.5 A)
GPADC_TRIM3[4:0] * 4 +
GPADC_TRIM1[2:1], sign =
GPADC_TRIM1[0]
GPADC_TRIM4[5:0] * 4 +
GPADC_TRIM2[2:1], sign =
GPADC_TRIM2[0]
Channel 3 trimming is
used
14
1441
(2.42 V)
3276
(5.5 V)
GPADC_TRIM3[4:0] * 4 +
GPADC_TRIM1[2:1], sign =
GPADC_TRIM1[0]
GPADC_TRIM4[5:0] * 4 +
GPADC_TRIM2[2:1], sign =
GPADC_TRIM2[0]
Channel 3 trimming is
used
7, 18
1441
(2.2 V)
3276
(5.0 V)
(GPADC_TRIM3[4:0] * 4 +
GPADC_TRIM1[2:1], sign =
GPADC_TRIM1[0]) +
(GPADC_TRIM5[6:1], sign =
GPADC_TRIM5[0])
(GPADC_TRIM4[5:0] * 4 +
GPADC_TRIM2[2:1], sign =
GPADC_TRIM2[0]) +
(GPADC_TRIM6[7:1], sign =
GPADC_TRIM6[0])
Channel 3 and channel
18 trimming is
combined, input voltage
range is 0–6.25 V
17
Icharge = (a – GPADC_TRIM20[7:0]) * (1 + GPADC_TRIM21[5:0] / 512) * 1.25 V / 4096 / 8 / R2 ;
a = measured code, GPADC_TRIM20[7:0] is an unsigned value,
in GPADC_TRIM21[5:0] the bit 5 is the sign and bits[4:0] are the magnitude
Dedicated equation
The LDO3 regulator can be used as a generic voltage supply or as a vibrator motor driver. The output
voltage level is controlled with the LDO3_CFG_VOLTAGE register and the regulator provides output
current up to 200 mA.
The vibrator mode is selected with the SEL_VIB bit in the MISC2 register. The duty cycle and frequency
are controlled with the DSEL[1:0] and FREQ[1:0] bits in the VIBCTRL and VIBMODE registers. The
vobrator is started with the VIBS bit and stopped with the VIBC bit in the TOGGLE2 register. The vibrator
driver allows a soft turn on (500-µs maximum) and turn off (2-ms maximum).
Figure 5-33 shows a block diagram of the vibrator motor driver.
LDO_IN
(from the battery)
V PWL
+
VIB_OUT
–
SWCS057-021
Figure 5-33. Block Diagram of Vibrator Motor Driver
The PWM1 and PWM2 digital outputs provide PWM signals on the 1.8-V I/O domain. The current drive
capability of both PWM buffer is 4 mA and the outputs can also be active when the system is in the
SLEEP state.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
107
PRODUCT PREVIEW
5.13 Vibrator Driver and PWM Signals
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
www.ti.com
The period of the PWM signals can be selected separately with the PWM1_LENGTH and
PWM2_LENGTH bits in the PWM1ON and PWM2ON registers. The selection of 128 clock cycles results
as a 256-Hz PWM signal and the selection of 64 cycles results as 512-Hz PWM signal. Both PWM signals
have dedicated counters. The counters are started by first enabling the 32768-Hz clock inputs with the
PWM1EN and PWM2EN bits in the TOGGLE3 register and then setting the PWM1S and PWM2S bits.
The rising and falling-edge positions are selected with the PWM1ON[6:0], PWM1OFF[6:0], PWM2ON[6:0],
and PWM2OFF[6:0] bits in the PWM1ON, PWM1OFF, PWM2ON, and PWM2OFF registers as shown in
Figure 5-34.
0
1
2
3
4
123
124
125
126
127
0
1
2
126
127
0
1
2
CLK1
PWM1S
PWM1
PWM1ON = 0x03
PRODUCT PREVIEW
0
1
2
3
4
PWM1OFF = 0x7C
123
124
125
CLK2
PWM2S
PWM2
PWM2ON = 0x01
PWM2OFF = 0x7E
Figure 5-34. PWM Signal Timings (128 Clock Cycles in Period, Clocks Synchronized)
NOTE
The clock inputs for generation of PWM signals are enabled with the PWM1EN and
PWM2EN bits in the TOGGLE3 register. The start and stop of the PWM signal generation is
controlled with the PWM1S, PWM2S, PWM1C, and PWM2C bits in the TOGGLE3 register.
To get a clean start and stop, the clock input must be enabled before starting PWM signal
generation and the PWM signal generation must be stopped before disabling the clock input.
The CLK1 and CLK2 counters can be synchronized by setting both the PWM1S and PWM2S
bits high with the same I2C write.
The PWM signal is constantly high if PWMxON[6:0] is equal to PWMxOFF[6:0].
The following rules must be fulfilled for the PWMxON and PWMxOFF settings:
• PWMxOFF[6:0] ≥ PWMxON[6:0]
• PWMxON[6:0] > 0x00
5.14 Detection Features
The TPS80032 device supports the following detection functions:
• Detection of SIM card insertion and extraction with programmable debouncing using SIM pin,
automatic power shutdown of LDO7 when extraction is detected (configurable)
• Detection of MMC card insertion and extraction with programmable debouncing using MMC pin,
automatic power shutdown of LDO5 when extraction is detected (configurable)
• Detection of battery presence and removal with GPADC_IN0 input (see Section 5.9.8)
108
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
The TPS80032 device supports SIM card and MMC card insertion and extraction detections with
programmable debounce times. The debounce times are programmed with SIMDEBOUNCING and
MMCDEBOUNCING registers. When the SIM card or MMC card is inserted, a mechanical contact
connected on the TPS80032 device terminal SIM or MMC is tripped, and after debouncing an interrupt is
generated. The SIM card and MMC card presence detection logic is active even when the system is in idle
mode; the debouncing logic (programmable) is based on the 32-kHz clock. When a card insertion is
detected, the required regulator must be enabled by host processor. When a card is extracted, the LDO7
for SIM card and LDO5 for MMC card can be selected to turn off automatically. These are controlled by
SIMCTRL and MMCCTRL registers. An interrupt is generated when a plug or unplug is detected.
The SIM card or MMC card plug and battery insertion/extraction are detected in SLEEP and ACTIVE
states. Both card detections and battery detection have dedicated maskable interrupts (MMC, SIM, and
BAT).
The TPS80032 device includes several different thermal monitoring functions:
• Thermal protection module in the TPS80032 device, close to SMPSs and LDOs
• Thermal shutdown for system supply regulator inside the TPS80032 device
• Battery temperature monitoring with external NTC resistor (can be used to gate the battery charging)
• Platform temperature monitoring with external NTC resistor
• Platform temperature monitoring with external diode
A thermal protection module inside the TPS80032 device monitors the temperature of the device. It
generates a warning to the system when excessive power dissipation occurs and shuts down the
TPS80032 device if the temperature rises to a value at which damage can occur.
CAUTION
The silicon technology used to build the TPS80032 device supports a maximum
operating temperature of 150°C. Regarding packaging technology, a continuous
operation above 125°C requires special packaging and must be avoided.
By default, thermal protection is always enabled except in the BACKUP or OFF state.
The TPS80032 device integrates two HD detection mechanisms to monitor and alert the host that the
junction temperature is rising and must take action to reduce consumption. Those mechanisms are placed
on two opposite sides of the chip and closed to the LDOs and SMPSs. Even if there are two identical
thermal feature instances on the chip, it is always considered through the specification to be unique. In
addition to those HD detections, there is another HD feature embedded in the system supply regulator.
This HD is specified in Section 5.9, Battery Charging, and does not behave exactly as described in the
following section.
5.15.1 Hot-Die Function
The HD detector monitors the temperature of the die and provides a warning to the host processor
through the interrupt (HOT_DIE) when temperature reaches a critical value. The temperature threshold
value is programmable with the THERM_HD_SEL[1:0] bits in the TMP_CFG register. The threshold has
typically 10°C hysteresis to avoid the generation of multiple interrupts.
When an interrupt is triggered by the power-management software, immediate action to reduce the
amount of power drawn from the TPS80032 device must be taken (for example, noncritical applications
must be closed).
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
109
PRODUCT PREVIEW
5.15 Thermal Monitoring
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
www.ti.com
5.15.2 Thermal Shutdown
The thermal shutdown detector monitors the temperature on the die. If the junction reaches a temperature
at which damage can occur, a switch-off transition is initiated and a thermal shutdown event is written into
a status register.
To avoid interrupts at restart, the system cannot be restarted until the die temperature falls below the HD
threshold.
The thermal shutdown monitor function is integrated to generate an immediate, unconditional TPS80032
device switch off when an overtemperature condition exists. This function must be distinguished with the
early warning provided to host processor by the HD monitor function.
In the TPS80032 device, the threshold (TJ rising) of the thermal shutdown is 148°C nominal. The thermal
shutdown hysteresis is 10°C in typical conditions. The reset generation is debounced. The thermal
shutdown function can be masked only in the SLEEP state (the TMP_CFG_TRANS register) and in test
mode.
5.15.3 Temperature Monitoring with External NTC Resistor or Diode
PRODUCT PREVIEW
The GPADC_IN1 and GPADC_IN4 channels can be used to measure a temperature with an external NTC
resistor. External pullup and pulldown resistors can be connected to the input to linearize the
characteristics of the NTC resistor. GPADC_IN1 can be used to gate the battery charging at invalid
temperatures. The temperature limits are set by external resistors.
GPADC_IN3 can be used to measure the temperature with external diode. The input channel has three
selectable current sources.
5.16 I2C Interface
A general-purpose serial control interface (CTL-I2C) allows read-and-write access to the configuration
registers of all resources of the system.
A second serial control interface (DVS-I2C) is dedicated to dynamic voltage scaling (DVS).
Both control interfaces comply with the HS-I2C specification and support the following features:
• Mode: Slave only (receiver and transmitter)
• Speed
– Standard mode (100 kbps)
– Fast mode (400 kbps)
– High-speed mode (3.4 Mbps)
• Addressing: 7-bit mode addressing device
The following features are not supported:
• 10-bit addressing
• General call
5.17 Secure Registers
Certain registers of the TPS80032 device can be protected by restricting their access in write mode to
software running in the secure mode. Read access to protected registers is always possible. Secure
access is enabled or disabled by the MSECURE control signal.
The following components or actions can be protected:
• All RTC registers
• 64 bits of general-purpose memory (8 × 8) in the VALIDITY backup domain
The read accesses are independent to the MSECURE value.
110
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
When MSECURE is logical level 1, all read and write accesses are authorized; when MSECURE is logical
level 0, only read accesses are authorized.
The MSECURE detection security feature is enabled and disabled by an OTP bit.
5.18 Access Protocol
For compatibility purpose, the I2C interface of the TPS80032 device uses the same read/write protocol
based on an internal register size of 8 bits as do other TI power ICs. Supported transactions are described
in the following sections.
5.18.1 Single-Byte Access
A write access is initiated by a first byte including the address of the device (7 most-significat bits [MSBs])
and a write command (least-significant bit [LSB]), a second byte provided the address (8 bits) of the
internal register, and the third byte represents the data to be written in the internal register.
Figure 5-35 shows a write access single-byte timing diagram.
D D DD DD
A A AA AA
D D D D
6 5 D4 D3
DD
AA
D
D2
DD
AA
D
D1
DD DW WA AR RR
AA R C CA AA
D I K D D
D0 DT
K7 D6
E
RR
AA
D
D5
6
RR
AA
D
D4
5
RR
AA
D
D3
DAD: Device address
R R R RA AD D DD DD D D D D A S
A A AA AC A A AA AA A A A A C T
D D D K T T T T T T T T K O
D2 D1 D0 D K7 6 T5 4 3 2 1 0
P
3 2 1 0
7
RAD: Register address
0
DAT: Data
SCL
PRODUCT PREVIEW
S
T
A
R
T
Master drives SDA
SDA
Slave drives SDA
SWCS057-022
2
Figure 5-35. I C Write Access Single Byte
A
•
•
•
read access is initiated by:
A first byte, including the address of the device (7 MSBs) and a write command (LSB)
A second byte, providing the address (8 bits) of the internal register
A third byte, including again the device address (7 MSBs) and the read command (LSB)
The device replies by sending a fourth byte representing the content of the internal register.
Figure 5-36 shows a read access single-byte timing diagram.
S
T
A
R
T
D D D D D D D W A
A A A A A A A R C
D D D D D D D I K
6 5 4 3 2 1 0 T
E
R R R R R R R R A S
A A A A A A A A C T
D D D D D D D D K A
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
R
T
D D D D D D D R A
A A A A A A A E C
D D D D D D D A K
6 5 4 3 2 1 0 D
D D D D D D D D A S
A A A A A A A A C T
T T T T T T T T K O
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
P
SCL
SDA
SWCS057-023
2
Figure 5-36. I C Read Access Single Byte
5.18.2 Multiple-Byte Access to Several Adjacent Registers
A write access is initiated by:
• A first byte, including the address of the device (7 MSBs) and a write command (LSB)
• A second byte, providing the base address (8 bits) of the internal registers
The following N bytes represent the data to be written in the internal register, starting at the base address
and incremented by 1 at each data byte.
Figure 5-37 shows a write access multiple-byte timing diagram.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
111
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
S
T
A
R
T
D D D D D D D W A
A A A A A A A R C
D D D D D D D I K
6 5 4 3 2 1 0 T
E
www.ti.com
R R R R R R R R A D
A A A A A A A A C A
D D D D D D D D K T
7
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
D D D D D D D A
A A A A A A A C
T T T T T T T K
6 5 4 3 2 1 0
D D D D D D D D A S
A A A A A A A A C T
T T T T T T T T K O
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
P
SCL
SDA
SWCS057-024
2
Figure 5-37. I C Write Access Multiple Bytes
A
•
•
•
read access is initiated by:
A first byte, including the address of the device (7 MSBs) and a write command (LSB)
A second byte, providing the base address (8 bits) of the internal register
A third byte, including again the device address (7 MSBs) and the read command (LSB)
The device replies by sending a fourth byte representing the content of the internal registers, starting at
the base address and next consecutive ones.
Figure 5-38 shows a read acces multiple-byte timing diagram.
PRODUCT PREVIEW
S
T
A
R
T
D D D D D D D W A
A A A A A A A R C
D D D D D D D I K
6 5 4 3 2 1 0 T
E
R R R R R R R R A
A A A A A A A A C
D D D D D D D D K
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
S D D D D D D D
T A A A A A A A
A D D D D D D D
R 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
T
R A D D D D D D D D
E C A A A A A A A A
A K T T T T T T T T
D
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
A
C
K
D D D D D D D D A S
A A A A A A A A C T
T T T T T T T T K O
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
P
SCL
SDA
SWCS057-025
2
Figure 5-38. I C Read Access Multiple Bytes
5.19 Interrupts
The INT signal (active low) indicates the host processor of events occurring on the TPS80032 device. The
host processor then reads the interrupt status registers (INT_STS_A, INT_STS_B, and INT_STS_C)
through I2C to identify the interrupt source. Each interrupt source can be individually masked through the
interrupt mask registers. If the source is masked with mask line register (INT_MSK_LINE_A, B, C) then
the INT signal is not generated for host processor but the interrupt status register (INT_STS_A, B, C) is
set in case of source event. If the source is masked with mask status register (INT_MSK_STS_A, B, C)
then the INT signal is not generated and the status register is not set in case of source event. The block
diagram of the interrupt handler is shown in Figure 5-39.
112
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
INT_MSK_STS_A
INT_MSK_STS_A
INT_MSK_STS_A
INT_STS_A
Shadow
Register
INT_STS_A
Shadow
Register
INT_STS_A
Shadow
Register
INT_MSK_LINE_A
INT_MSK_LINE_A
INT_MSK_LINE_A
OR
INT
Clear on Write
INT_A lines
Clear on Write
INT_B lines
Clear on Write
Figure 5-39. Block Diagram of Interrupt Handler
In order to clear the status registers and the interrupt signal, a write in any of the status registers
(INT_STS_A, B, or C) must be done. Each write has the same effect (interrupt line goes high and all
status registers are cleared). This requires that the three status registers must be read before
acknowledging the interrupt to avoid losing any interrupt sources.
If additional interrupt or interrupts occur while the status registers and interrupt line are not cleared, the
status registers are not updated immediately. Instead, the interrupts are held pending in a shadow
registers. When the previous interrupt(s) are cleared, the interrupt line goes high and the content of the
shadow registers is moved to status registers. If there are new unmasked events the interrupt signal is set
to low again.
If the unmasked source event occurs when the INT signal is high, the interrupt status bit is set without
using the shadow register.
NOTE
•
•
•
#
REG BIT
An interrupt associated with a function must be masked before enabling or disabling the
feature; otherwise, it might generate a false interrupt directly linked to the state change of
the source and not related to a detection event (for example, a SYS_VLOW interrupt with
the VSYSMIN_HI comparator).
INT is always active low.
When a interrupt occurs:
– Software should first read all status registers INT_STS_A, INT_STS_B, and
INT_STS_C.
– Execute the subroutines related to the read interrupts.
– Clear the interrupt signal and interrupt status of all status registers.
SECTION
INTERRUPT
Description
00
A
0
PM
PWRON
PWRON detection: Power-on button pressed and released. Detection
performed on falling and rising edges. Interrupt sent in the SLEEP or
ACTIVE state only, not in WAIT-ON.
01
A
1
PM
RPWRON
RPWRON detection: Remote power on signal change. Interrupt sent in
the SLEEP or ACTIVE state only, not in WAIT-ON.
02
A
2
PM
VSYS_VLOW
System voltage low: System voltage decreasing and crossing
VSYSMIN_HI
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
113
PRODUCT PREVIEW
INT_C lines
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
www.ti.com
PRODUCT PREVIEW
03
A
3
RTC
RTC_ALARM
RTC alarm event: Occurs at programmed determinate date and time
04
A
4
RTC
RTC_PERIOD
RTC periodic event: Occurs at programmed regular period of time
(every second or minute)
05
A
5
Thermal monitoring HOT_DIE
and shutdown
At least one of the two embedded thermal monitoring modules detects
a die temperature above the HD detection threshold.
06
A
6
SMPS/LDO
VXXX_SHORT
At least one of the following power resources has its output shorted:
SMPS1, SMPS2, SMPS3, SMPS4, SMPS5, VANA, LDO1, LDO2,
LDO3, LDO4, LDO5, LDO6, LDO7, LDOLN, LDOUSB
07
A
7
PM
SPDURATION
PWRON short press duration
08
B
0
PM
WATCHDOG
Warning of primary watchdog expiration
09
B
1
Detection
BAT
Battery detection plug/unplug
10
B
2
Detection
SIM
SIM card plug/unplug
11
B
3
Detection
MMC
MMC card plug/unplug
12
B
4
GPADC
GPADC_RT_EOC
End of conversion: Completion of a real-time conversion cycle; result
available
13
B
5
GPADC
GPADC_SW_EOC
End of conversion: Completion of a software (SW) conversion cycle;
result available
14
B
6
Gas gauge
CC_EOC
End of conversion: Completion of gas gauge measurement (end of
integration period); result available
15
B
7
Gas gauge
CC_AUTOCAL
Calibration procedure finished and the result is available in the register.
16
C
0
OTG
ID_WKUP
ID wake-up event (from WAIT-ON/SLEEP states)
17
C
1
OTG
VBUS_WKUP
VBUS wake-up event (from WAIT-ON/SLEEP states)
18
C
2
OTG
ID
ID event detection in SLEEP/ACTIVE states
19
C
3
OTG
VBUS
VBUS event detection in SLEEP/ACTIVE states
20
C
4
Charger
CHRG_CTRL
Charger controller
21
C
5
Charger
EXT_CHRG
External charger fault
22
C
6
Charger
INT_CHRG
Internal USB charger fault
23
C
7
114
Reserved
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
6 Recommended External Components
Table 6-1. Recommended External Components
REF
COMPONENT (1)
PCS
# (2)
MANUFACTURER
PART NUMBER
VALUE
PACK (3)
SIZE
(mm)
10 µF, 6V3
0603
1.6 x 0.8 x 0.8
0402
1.0 x 0.5 x 0.5
Input Power Supplies External Components
C1, C2
VDD tank capacitor (4)
2
1
Murata
GRM188R60J106ME84
C3
Backup capacitor
1
1
Seiko Instruments
XH414H-IV01E
0.08 F
C44
Capacitor (optional)
1
1
Murata
GRM155R60J475M
4.7 µF
X1
Crystal
1
Microcrystal
CC7V-T1A
32.768 kHz
3.2 x 1.5 x 0.9
2
Epson
FC135
32.768 kHz
3.2 x 1.5 x 0.8
3
NDK
NX3215SA
32.768 kHz
ø4.8, 1.4
Crystal Oscillator External Components
1
3.2 x 1.5 x 0.8
C4
Supply decoupling
1
1
Murata
GRM155R60J225ME15
2.2 µF, 6V3
0402
1.0 x 0.5 x 0.5
C5, C6
Crystal decoupling
2
1
Murata
GRM1555C1H220JZ01
12 pF, 6V3
0402
1.0 x 0.5 x 0.5
Bandgap External Components
R1
Bias resistor
1
1
Multicomp
MC0.0625W, 1%
C7
Capacitor
1
1
Murata
GRM155R61C104KA88
510 kΩ
0402
1.0 x 0.5 x 0.5
100 nF, 6V3
0402
1.0 x 0.5 x 0.5
R2
Resistor
1
Panasonic
ERJ3BWFR020V
20 mΩ, 0.25W, 1%
0603
1.6 x 0.8 x 0.45
2
Panasonic
ERJ8BWFR020V
20 mΩ, 0.5W, 1%
1206
3.2 x 1.6 x 0.65
47 kΩ
0402
1 x 0.5 x 0.5
0402
1 x 0.5 x 0.5
100 nF, 6V3
0402
1 x 0.5 x 0.5
1
GPADC External Components
R3, (R4)
NTC resistor (optional)
R5, R6, (R7,
R8)
Bias resistor (optional)
C42, (C43)
Capacitor (optional)
2
1
4
1
2
1
Murata
NCL15WB473F03RC
The resistor values depends on the required temperature levels
Murata
GRM155R61C104K
SMPS External Components
C8...C12
Input capacitor
5
1
Murata
GRM155R60J475M
4.7 µF
0402
1.0 x 0.5 x 0.5
C13
Output capacitor
1
1
Murata
GRM188R60G226MEA0
22 µF
0603
1.6 x 0.8 x 0.8
Murata (2 in parallel)
GRM188R60G226MEA0
22 µF
2x 0603
2 pcs 1.6 x 0.8 x 0.8
Output capacitor, up to 5
A
2
1
C14...C17
Output capacitor
4
1
Murata
GRM188R60J106ME84L
10 µF
0603
1.6 x 0.8 x 0.8
L6, L7, L8
Inductor, 1.1 A
1
Murata
LQM2MPN1R0NG0
1 µH (1.4 A)
0806
2.0 x 1.6 x 0.9
2
TOKO
MDT2520-CN1R0M
1 µH (1.35 A)
1008
2.5 x 2.0 x 1.2
3
TDK
MLP2520S1R0M
1 µH (1.5 A)
1008
2.5 x 2.0 x 1.0
1
COILCRAFT
XFL4020-102ME
1 µH (5.4 A)
TOKO (2 in parallel)
DFE322512C
1 µH (3.1 A), 2 in
parallel (5 A)
2x 1210
2 pcs 3.2 x 2.5 x 1.2
3
TOKO
DFE322512C
1 µH (3.1 A)
1210
3.2 x 2.5 x 1.2
4
TOKO
DFE252012C
1 µH (3.0 A)
1008
2.5 x 2.0 x 1.2
5
TDK
SPM3012T-1R0M
1 µH (2.8 A)
1
Murata
LQM32PN1R0MG0
1 µH (1.8 A)
1210
3.2 x 2.5 x 1.0
2
TOKO
DFE322512C
1 µH (3.1 A)
1210
3.2 x 2.5 x 1.2
3
TOKO
DFE252012C
1 µH (3.0 A)
1008
2.5 x 2.0 x 1.2
4
Coilcraft
EPL2010-681MLB
0.68 µH (2.0 A)
0808
2.0 x 2.0 x 1.0
1
TOKO
DFE322512C
0.47 µH (3.7 A)
1210
3.2 x 2.5 x 1.2
3
L9
Inductor, up to 5.0 A
2
1
L10
Inductor, up to 2.5 A
1
Inductor (Option 2)
4.0 x 4.0 x 2.1
3.2 x 3.0 x 1.2
LDO External Components
C18...C22
Input capacitor
5
1
TDK
C1005X5R0J225M
2.2 µF, 6V3
0402
1.0 x 0.5 x 0.5
C23...C33
Output capacitor
11
1
TDK
C1005X5R0J225M
2.2 µF, 6V3
0402
1.0 x 0.5 x 0.5
Charger External Components
L11
Inductor
1
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
1
FDK
MIPS2520D1R0
1 µH (1.2 A)
2520
2.5 x 2.0 x 1.0
2
Taiyoyuden
CKP25201R0M-T
1 µH (1.4 A)
2520
2.5 x 2.0 x 1.0
3
TOKO
DFE252012C
1 µH (3.0 A)
1008
2.5 x 2.0 x 1.2
Component minimum and maximum tolerance values are provided in the electrical parameters section for each IP.
The # column refers to the first (1), second (2), and third (3) source suppliers, for which the IPs are either simulated or characterized.
The PACK column describes the external component package type.
The VDD tank capacitors filter the VSYS/VDD input voltage of the LDO and SMPS core architectures.
Recommended External Components
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
115
PRODUCT PREVIEW
Gas Gauge and Charger External Components
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
www.ti.com
Table 6-1. Recommended External Components (continued)
S1
PMOS battery switch
(with power path)
1
C45
Gate capacitor (with
power path, see S1
comments)
1
Texas Instruments (C45 = 4.7 nF CSD25201W15
needed)
33 mΩ (VGS = -4.5 V)
1.5 x 1.5 x 0.62
2
Vishay (C45 not needed)
Si8417DB
21 mΩ (VGS = -4.5 V)
2.4 x 2.0 x 0.65
3
Vishay (C45 = 4.7 nF needed)
Si8407DB
22 mΩ (VGS = -4.5 V)
2.4 x 2.0 x 0.65
4
Vishay (C45 = 4.7 nF needed)
SiA429DJT
21 mΩ (VGS = -4.5 V)
2.05 x 2.05 x 0.6
5
Rohm (C45 = 15 nF needed)
RQ1A060ZP
16 mΩ (VGS = -4.5 V)
1
Murata
GRM155R61A472KA01D
4.7 nF, 10 V
0402
1.0 x 0.5 x 0.5
2
Murata
GRM155R71C153KA01D
15 nF, 10 V
0402
1.0 x 0.5 x 0.5
Panasonic
ERJ3BWFR068V
68 mΩ, 0.25 W
0603
1.6 x 0.8 x 0.8
Murata
GRM188R61A225KE34D
2.2 µF, 10 V
0603
1.6 x 0.8 x 0.8
Murata
GRM155R61C104K
100 nF, 16 V
0402
1.0 x 0.5 x 0.5
1
3.0 x 2.8 x 0.8
PRODUCT PREVIEW
R9
Sense resistor (shorted
with power path)
1
1
C34
CHRG_VREF capacitor
1
1
C35
VAC decoupling
capacitor
1
1
C36
VBUS decoupling
1
1
Murata
GRM219R61C475KE15
4.7 µF, 16 V
0805
2.0 x 1.25 x 0.85
C37
CHRG_PMID capacitor
1
1
Murata
GRM219R61C475KE15
4.7 µF, 16 V
0805
2.0 x 1.25 x 0.85
C38
CHRG_CSIN capacitor
(not placed with power
path)
Murata
GRM155R61C104K
1
1
100 nF, 6V3
0402
1 x 0.5 x 0.5
C39
CHRG_CSOUT cap1
1
1
Murata
GRM188R60J106ME84L
10 µF, 6V3
0603
1.6 x 0.8 x 0.8
C41
CHRG_CSOUT cap2
1
1
Murata
GRM155R61A105KE15D
1 µF, 6V3
0402
1.0 x 0.5 x 0.5
C40
CHRG_SW capacitor
1
1
Murata
GRM155R61C104K
100 nF, 16 V
0402
1.0 x 0.5 x 0.5
S2
PMOS switch for
negative voiltage
protection
Vishay
Si8417DB
1
1
R10
Pull-down resistor
1
1
D1
LED
1
1
116
22 mΩ
Everlight
16S-216UTD/S559/TR8
Recommended External Components
2.4 x 2.0 x 0.65
100 kΩ
0402
1.0 x 0.5 x 0.5
2 mA
0402
1.0 x 0.5 x 0.35
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
7 Device and Documentation Support
7.1
7.1.1
Device Support
Development Support
TI offers an extensive line of development tools, including tools to evaluate the performance of the
processors, generate code, develop algorithm implementations, and fully integrate and debug software
and hardware modules. The tool's support documentation is electronically available within the Code
Composer Studio™ Integrated Development Environment (IDE).
The following products support development of the TPS80032 device applications:
Software Development Tools: Code Composer Studio Integrated Development Environment (IDE):
including Editor C/C++/Assembly Code Generation, and Debug plus additional development tools
Scalable, Real-Time Foundation Software (DSP/BIOS™), which provides the basic run-time target
software needed to support any TPS80032 device applications.
Hardware Development Tools: Extended Development System ( XDS™) Emulator
Device Nomenclature
To designate the stages in the product development cycle, TI assigns prefixes to the part numbers of all
microprocessors (MPUs) and support tools. Each device has one of three prefixes: X, P, or null (no prefix)
(for example, TPS80032). Texas Instruments recommends two of three possible prefix designators for its
support tools: TMDX and TMDS. These prefixes represent evolutionary stages of product development
from engineering prototypes (TMDX) through fully qualified production devices and tools (TMDS).
Production devices and TMDS development-support tools have been characterized fully, and the quality
and reliability of the device have been demonstrated fully. TI's standard warranty applies.
Predictions show that prototype devices (X or P) have a greater failure rate than the standard production
devices. Texas Instruments recommends that these devices not be used in any production system
because their expected end-use failure rate still is undefined. Only qualified production devices are to be
used.
TI device nomenclature also includes a suffix with the device family name. This suffix indicates the
package type (for example, YFF) and the temperature range (for example, blank is the default commercial
temperature range).
For orderable part numbers of TPS80032 devices in the YFF package types, see the Package Option
Addendum of this document, the TI website (www.ti.com), or contact your TI sales representative.
7.2
Community Resources
The following links connect to TI community resources. Linked contents are provided "AS IS" by the
respective contributors. They do not constitute TI specifications and do not necessarily reflect TI's views;
see TI's Terms of Use.
TI E2E™ Online Community TI's Engineer-to-Engineer (E2E) Community. Created to foster
collaboration among engineers. At e2e.ti.com, you can ask questions, share knowledge,
explore ideas and help solve problems with fellow engineers.
TI Embedded Processors Wiki Texas Instruments Embedded Processors Wiki. Established to help
developers get started with Embedded Processors from Texas Instruments and to foster
innovation and growth of general knowledge about the hardware and software surrounding
these devices.
7.3
Trademarks
Code Composer Studio, XDS, E2E are trademarks of Texas Instruments.
Device and Documentation Support
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
117
PRODUCT PREVIEW
7.1.2
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
7.4
www.ti.com
Electrostatic Discharge Caution
This integrated circuit can be damaged by ESD. Texas Instruments recommends that all integrated circuits be handled with
appropriate precautions. Failure to observe proper handling and installation procedures can cause damage.
ESD damage can range from subtle performance degradation to complete device failure. Precision integrated circuits may be more
susceptible to damage because very small parametric changes could cause the device not to meet its published specifications.
7.5
Export Control Notice
Recipient agrees to not knowingly export or re-export, directly or indirectly, any product or technical data
(as defined by the U.S., EU, and other Export Administration Regulations) including software, or any
controlled product restricted by other applicable national regulations, received from disclosing party under
nondisclosure obligations (if any), or any direct product of such technology, to any destination to which
such export or re-export is restricted or prohibited by U.S. or other applicable laws, without obtaining prior
authorization from U.S. Department of Commerce and other competent Government authorities to the
extent required by those laws.
7.6
Glossary
SLYZ022 — TI Glossary.
This glossary lists and explains terms, acronyms, and definitions.
PRODUCT PREVIEW
7.7
Additional Acronyms
Additional acronyms used in this data sheet are described below.
TERM
DEFINITION
ADC
Analog-to-Digital Converter
IC
Integrated Circuit
I2C/I2C
Inter-IC Control Bus
LDO
Low Dropout Voltage Regulator
LSB
Least-Significant Bit
MSB
Most-Significant Bit
PFM
Pulse Frequency Modulation
PWM
Pulse Width Modulation
RTC
Real-Time Clock
7.8
Detailed Revision History
VERSION
DATE
*
03/2010
A
(1)
(2)
118
NOTES
06/2011
See
(1)
See
(2)
.
.
SWCS059, TPS80032 Data Manual: Initial release
SWCS059A: Update
• Table 4-10, Boost mode for VBUS voltage generation: IBO1 and IBLIMIT updated.
• Long Key Press (PWRON), OTP memory bit to generate startup after shutdown.
• Table Table 6-1, S2, R10, and C40 updated.
• PCB Placement and Routing Guidelines chapter removed, there will be a separate Application Note.
• updated.
• Section 5.19, second paragraph updated.
• Section 5.4.1 updated.
• Section 5.7.2, last paragraph updated.
• Section 5.9 updated.
• USB ID resistance detection figure added, Figure 5-25.
• USB ID resistance detection table added, Table 5-1.
• Caution added to short-circuit protection chapter, Section 5.7.1.
• Major updates in Battery Charging chapter Section 5.9.
• Updated .
• Recommended SMPS External Components updated, Table 6-1.
• LDOUSB 3.3 V output voltage levels updated, Table 4-4.
• GPADC INL error for GPADC_IN14 added, Section 4.5.13.
• GPADC channel scaler changed to input voltage range, Section 5.12.3.
• Thermal characteristics updated, Section 8.1.
Device and Documentation Support
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
VERSION
DATE
B
09/2011
C
(3)
(4)
11/2011
NOTES
See
(3)
See
(4)
.
.
SWCS059B: Update
• Update : CHRG_CSOUT connection when not used.
• Update Section 1.1: Battery voltage range from 2.5 to 5.5 V.
• Typo corrected Section 4.5.1: TLDR for SMPS2 and SMPS5 swapped.
• Typo corrected Section 4.5.1: IQ for SMPS2 and SMPS5 swapped.
• Update Section 5.9: Example of external charger changed to BQ24159.
• Update Section 4.5.11: Several parameters added into Pullup and Pulldown Resistors chapter.
• Update Section 4.5.1: IQ for SMPS1 added.
• Update Section 4.5.1: VINP, VINF, and MinDOV clarified.
• Update Section 4.5.13: Offset from +/–9 LSB to +/–36 LSB.
• Update Table 5-2: Nonsaturated input voltage range added.
• Update Section 5.10.3 and Figure 5-29: VBUS_IADP_SRC operation during ADP probing.
• Update Section 5.9.13.1.3: Warning about thermal regulation loop operation added.
• Update Section 5.7.2.2: Inductor value for optimized operation.
• Update Table 6-1: C13 and L9 updated.
• Update Section 5.7.2: Numerous parameters updated.
• Update Figure 4-1: SMPS1 efficiency curve updated.
• Update Table 5-2: Table notes added and VBUS and VAC range updated.
• Update Table 4-15: Channel 11 offset from +/–20 to +/–36 LSB.
• Update Table 4-4: LDO's minimum PSRR updated.
• Update : CTLI2C_SCL, CTLI2C_SDA, DVSI2C_SCL, and DVSI2C_SDA pull-up resistor range changed (new value is 1.46 k to 7.4
k).
• Update Section 5.7.2.5: 3-A and 5-A mode clarified for SMPS1.
• Update : Ordering information updated.
• Update Section 4.5.16: Condition for WAIT-ON current clarified.
• Update Table 4-10: Boost mode quiescent current updated to 5 mA.
• Update Section 5.9.4: VBUS anticollapse sensing point clarified.
• Update Table 4-1: Additional points for SMPS2 dropout voltage added.
• Update Figure 4-3.
SWCS059C: Update
• Update Section 5.19: The interrupts chapter clarified and figure added.
• Update Section 5.12: The block diagram, calibration and software guidelines added.
• Update Section 5.13: The operation is clarified and the software guidelines are added.
• Update Section 5.2, DVS Software Commands, Boot Pins, Section 5.4.1, Section 5.4.2, PWRON, RPWRON, Section 5.5,
Section 5.8, Section 5.10, Section 5.10.1, Section 5.11: Register names added.
• Update Section 5.4.4: Chapter updated.
• Update Table 4-10: Parameters of analog thermal regulation loop updated.
• Update Section 5.9.13.1.3: CURRENT_TERM, CHARGE_DONE, NO_BAT and EN_LINCH dependency of Power Path usage is
clarifier.
• Update Table 4-10: VOVP_ VSYS updated.
• Update Table 4-1: SMPS2 rated current increased to 2.5 A. ILIMIT, MinDOV, RV, DCLDR, TDCOV updated.
• Update Section 5.14: Description clarified, names of the registers and bits added.
• Update Section 5.15: Description clarified, names of the registers and bits added.
• Update : Ordering information updated.
• Update Section 5.9: Major updates in the chapter.
• Update Section 5.5: Regulator short circuit detection added to stopping event.
Device and Documentation Support
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
119
PRODUCT PREVIEW
www.ti.com
TPS80032
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
(5)
PRODUCT PREVIEW
(6)
(7)
120
www.ti.com
VERSION
DATE
D
12/2011
NOTES
See
(5)
.
E
02/2012
See
(6)
F
04/2012
See
(7)
.
.
SWCS059D: Update
• Update Section 8.1: MSL Peak Temp added.
• Update Table 5-2: Performance range of CH11 and CH17 updated.
• Update Tablenote: Note updated for the result's coding.
• Update Table 4-1: SMPS1 turn off time with 44 F output capacitance, SMPS1 on ground current and SMPS2 DCLDR updated.
• Update Figure 5-12: Min. VICHRG level changed from 0.3 A to 0.1 A and VSYSMIN_HI replaced by VBATMIN_HI.
• Update Section 5.6: Note about system voltage level and regulator's dropout requirements added.
• Update Tablenote, Section 5.9.3.4, Section 5.9.3.5, Section 5.9.3.6: Battery charging and termination current depends on sense
resistor Rsense or RSNS.
• Update Section 5.9.3.6: Termination current described.
• Update Section 5.9.13.1.3: Note for TMREG bit added.
• Update Section 5.4.2: The HOLD_WDG_INSLEEP register bit described.
• Update Table 4-1: SMPS overshoot changed from max. 10% to max. 100 mV, SMPS1's (3-A mode) DCLDR updated.
• Update Section 4.5.13: GPADC_VREF output current capability and source resistance specified.
• Update Section 4.5.2: LDO1's PSRR updated.
• Update Section 4.5.8: System supply regulator's DMAX specified.
• Update Section 5.9.12: Priority between VBUS and VAC clarified.
• Update Table 5-3: Equation for channel 17 added.
• Update Figure 1-1, Table 6-1: Capacitor C45 added.
• Update : Pullup and pulldown resistors clarified; fixed, programmable, default.
• Update Section 5.9.3.1: Note added.
• Update Table 4-10: IIN_LIMIT max increased to 2250 mA.
• Update Table 4-1: RV measured with 20-MHz LPF.
• Update Section 5.1: Alarm and Timer interrupts clarified.
• Update : Ordering information updated.
• Update Section 5.9.4: Operation clarified and figure added.
SWCS059E: Update
• Update Table 4-10: (System Supply Regulator, PWM) MOSFET on-resistances updated.
• Update Table 4-10: CBOOT value updated from 10nF to 100nF.
• Update Table 5-3: X1 and X2 values updated for channel 10.
• Update Table 4-15: GPADC_IN3 current source values updated.
• Update Table 5-2: Input voltage performance range updated for channel 8.
• Update Table 4-10: Output voltage for full charge mode, typo corrected (VBAT instead of VSYS).
• Update Table 4-13: External ID resistances added.
• Update Figure 5-29: Figure updated.
• Update Section 5.3: Major updates in the chapter.
• Update Section 5.4: Some updates in the chapter.
• Update Table 4-11: Threshold error and comparator offset updated for Battery Temperature Measurement.
• Update Table 4-15: Offset, gain error, INL, GPADC_IN0 current levels updated.
• Update Table 4-2: Switching frequency updated.
• Update Table 4-11: A range of ΔLIN updated.
• Update Section 5.9.12: Figure added, description clarified.
• Update Section 5.9.3.1: Figure added, description clarified.
• Update Figure 5-24: Figure updated.
• Update Figure 5-22: Figure added.
• Update: Boot sequence figure removed.
• Update: Chapter "Group and Subsystem Groups Power States" removed.
• Update Section 5.3.7.3: Shutdown generation added.
SWCS059F: Update
• Update Table 4-4, Section 5.7.3.2: VBRTC electrical parameters added and control clarified.
• Update (): Note for 100 nF capacitor requirement with over 20 kΩ source impedance added.
• Update and .
• Update Table 4-15: GPADC_VREF output impedance spec removed. GPADC_IN0 current source spec updated.
• Update Figure 5-7, Figure 5-8, Figure 5-9, Figure 5-10: Text clarified in the flowcharts.
• Update : RSNS and Rsense replaced by R2 and R9 for clarification.
• Update Section 5.9.6: Description added that system supply regulator operates after watchdog or safety timer expires.
• Update Section 5.9.3.1: Caution about resistor R2 usage added.
• Update Table 4-11: VBAT_FULLCHRG parameters added.
• Update Table 4-17: VSYSMIN_HI and VSYSMIN_LO thresholds added.
• Update Section 4.5.8: VBUS and VAC detection thresholds updated.
Device and Documentation Support
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
TPS80032
www.ti.com
SWCS059I – MARCH 2011 – REVISED NOVEMBER 2014
VERSION
DATE
G
08/2012
NOTES
See
(8)
.
H
08/2012
See
(9)
I
11/2014
See
(10)
.
.
SWCS059G: Update
• Update Table 4-4, Section 5.7.3.2: VBRTC electrical parameters added and control clarified.
• Update (): Note for 100 nF capacitor requirement with over 20 kΩ source impedance added.
• Update and .
• Update Table 4-15: GPADC_VREF output impedance spec removed. GPADC_IN0 current source spec updated.
• Update Figure 5-7, Figure 5-8, Figure 5-9, Figure 5-10: Text clarified in the flowcharts.
• Update : RSNS and Rsense replaced by R2 and R9 for clarification.
• Update Section 5.9.6: Description added that system supply regulator operates after watchdog or safety timer expires.
• Update : Section 5.9.3.1: Caution about resistor R2 usage added.
• Update Table 4-11: VBAT_FULLCHRG parameters added.
• Update Table 4-17: VSYSMIN_HI and VSYSMIN_LO thresholds added.
• Update Section 4.5.8: VBUS and VAC detection thresholds updated.
• Update Section 5.11.4: Warning about RC-filtering added.
• Update Section 5.9: Note about the terminology of different charging sources added.
(9) SWCS059H: Update
• Update : Ordering information updated.
• Update : ESD Specification updated.
(10) Changed data sheet to standard TI format
8 Mechanical Packaging and Orderable Information
8.1
Packaging Information
The following pages include mechanical packaging and orderable information. This information is the most
current data available for the designated devices. This data is subject to change without notice and
revision of this document.
Copyright © 2011–2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Mechanical Packaging and Orderable Information
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: TPS80032
121
PRODUCT PREVIEW
(8)
PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM
www.ti.com
27-May-2016
PACKAGING INFORMATION
Orderable Device
Status
(1)
Package Type Package Pins Package
Drawing
Qty
Eco Plan
Lead/Ball Finish
MSL Peak Temp
(2)
(6)
(3)
Op Temp (°C)
Device Marking
(4/5)
TPS80032A2ABYFFR
PREVIEW
DSBGA
YFF
155
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
SNAGCU
Level-1-260C-UNLIM
-40 to 85
TPS80032
A2AB
TPS80032A2D7YFFR
PREVIEW
DSBGA
YFF
155
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
SNAGCU
Level-1-260C-UNLIM
-40 to 85
TPS80032
A2D7
TPS80032A2F7YFFR
PREVIEW
DSBGA
YFF
155
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
SNAGCU
Level-1-260C-UNLIM
-40 to 85
TPS80032
A2F7
TPS80032A2F8YFFR
PREVIEW
DSBGA
YFF
155
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
SNAGCU
Level-1-260C-UNLIM
-40 to 85
TPS80032
A2F8
TPS80032A2FAYFFR
PREVIEW
DSBGA
YFF
155
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
SNAGCU
Level-1-260C-UNLIM
-40 to 85
TPS80032
A2FA
3000
(1)
The marketing status values are defined as follows:
ACTIVE: Product device recommended for new designs.
LIFEBUY: TI has announced that the device will be discontinued, and a lifetime-buy period is in effect.
NRND: Not recommended for new designs. Device is in production to support existing customers, but TI does not recommend using this part in a new design.
PREVIEW: Device has been announced but is not in production. Samples may or may not be available.
OBSOLETE: TI has discontinued the production of the device.
(2)
Eco Plan - The planned eco-friendly classification: Pb-Free (RoHS), Pb-Free (RoHS Exempt), or Green (RoHS & no Sb/Br) - please check http://www.ti.com/productcontent for the latest availability
information and additional product content details.
TBD: The Pb-Free/Green conversion plan has not been defined.
Pb-Free (RoHS): TI's terms "Lead-Free" or "Pb-Free" mean semiconductor products that are compatible with the current RoHS requirements for all 6 substances, including the requirement that
lead not exceed 0.1% by weight in homogeneous materials. Where designed to be soldered at high temperatures, TI Pb-Free products are suitable for use in specified lead-free processes.
Pb-Free (RoHS Exempt): This component has a RoHS exemption for either 1) lead-based flip-chip solder bumps used between the die and package, or 2) lead-based die adhesive used between
the die and leadframe. The component is otherwise considered Pb-Free (RoHS compatible) as defined above.
Green (RoHS & no Sb/Br): TI defines "Green" to mean Pb-Free (RoHS compatible), and free of Bromine (Br) and Antimony (Sb) based flame retardants (Br or Sb do not exceed 0.1% by weight
in homogeneous material)
(3)
MSL, Peak Temp. - The Moisture Sensitivity Level rating according to the JEDEC industry standard classifications, and peak solder temperature.
(4)
There may be additional marking, which relates to the logo, the lot trace code information, or the environmental category on the device.
(5)
Multiple Device Markings will be inside parentheses. Only one Device Marking contained in parentheses and separated by a "~" will appear on a device. If a line is indented then it is a continuation
of the previous line and the two combined represent the entire Device Marking for that device.
Addendum-Page 1
Samples
PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM
www.ti.com
27-May-2016
(6)
Lead/Ball Finish - Orderable Devices may have multiple material finish options. Finish options are separated by a vertical ruled line. Lead/Ball Finish values may wrap to two lines if the finish
value exceeds the maximum column width.
Important Information and Disclaimer:The information provided on this page represents TI's knowledge and belief as of the date that it is provided. TI bases its knowledge and belief on information
provided by third parties, and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of such information. Efforts are underway to better integrate information from third parties. TI has taken and
continues to take reasonable steps to provide representative and accurate information but may not have conducted destructive testing or chemical analysis on incoming materials and chemicals.
TI and TI suppliers consider certain information to be proprietary, and thus CAS numbers and other limited information may not be available for release.
In no event shall TI's liability arising out of such information exceed the total purchase price of the TI part(s) at issue in this document sold by TI to Customer on an annual basis.
Addendum-Page 2
PACKAGE MATERIALS INFORMATION
www.ti.com
23-Dec-2014
TAPE AND REEL INFORMATION
*All dimensions are nominal
Device
Package Package Pins
Type Drawing
SPQ
Reel
Reel
A0
Diameter Width (mm)
(mm) W1 (mm)
B0
(mm)
K0
(mm)
P1
(mm)
W
Pin1
(mm) Quadrant
TPS80032A2D7YFFR
DSBGA
YFF
155
0
330.0
12.4
5.35
5.49
0.86
8.0
12.0
Q1
TPS80032A2F8YFFR
DSBGA
YFF
155
0
330.0
12.4
5.35
5.49
0.86
8.0
12.0
Q1
TPS80032A2FAYFFR
DSBGA
YFF
155
0
330.0
12.4
5.35
5.49
0.86
8.0
12.0
Q1
Pack Materials-Page 1
PACKAGE MATERIALS INFORMATION
www.ti.com
23-Dec-2014
*All dimensions are nominal
Device
Package Type
Package Drawing
Pins
SPQ
Length (mm)
Width (mm)
Height (mm)
TPS80032A2D7YFFR
DSBGA
YFF
155
0
367.0
367.0
35.0
TPS80032A2F8YFFR
DSBGA
YFF
155
0
367.0
367.0
35.0
TPS80032A2FAYFFR
DSBGA
YFF
155
0
367.0
367.0
35.0
Pack Materials-Page 2
D: Max = 5.394 mm, Min =5.334 mm
E: Max = 5.244 mm, Min =5.184 mm
IMPORTANT NOTICE
Texas Instruments Incorporated and its subsidiaries (TI) reserve the right to make corrections, enhancements, improvements and other
changes to its semiconductor products and services per JESD46, latest issue, and to discontinue any product or service per JESD48, latest
issue. Buyers should obtain the latest relevant information before placing orders and should verify that such information is current and
complete. All semiconductor products (also referred to herein as “components”) are sold subject to TI’s terms and conditions of sale
supplied at the time of order acknowledgment.
TI warrants performance of its components to the specifications applicable at the time of sale, in accordance with the warranty in TI’s terms
and conditions of sale of semiconductor products. Testing and other quality control techniques are used to the extent TI deems necessary
to support this warranty. Except where mandated by applicable law, testing of all parameters of each component is not necessarily
performed.
TI assumes no liability for applications assistance or the design of Buyers’ products. Buyers are responsible for their products and
applications using TI components. To minimize the risks associated with Buyers’ products and applications, Buyers should provide
adequate design and operating safeguards.
TI does not warrant or represent that any license, either express or implied, is granted under any patent right, copyright, mask work right, or
other intellectual property right relating to any combination, machine, or process in which TI components or services are used. Information
published by TI regarding third-party products or services does not constitute a license to use such products or services or a warranty or
endorsement thereof. Use of such information may require a license from a third party under the patents or other intellectual property of the
third party, or a license from TI under the patents or other intellectual property of TI.
Reproduction of significant portions of TI information in TI data books or data sheets is permissible only if reproduction is without alteration
and is accompanied by all associated warranties, conditions, limitations, and notices. TI is not responsible or liable for such altered
documentation. Information of third parties may be subject to additional restrictions.
Resale of TI components or services with statements different from or beyond the parameters stated by TI for that component or service
voids all express and any implied warranties for the associated TI component or service and is an unfair and deceptive business practice.
TI is not responsible or liable for any such statements.
Buyer acknowledges and agrees that it is solely responsible for compliance with all legal, regulatory and safety-related requirements
concerning its products, and any use of TI components in its applications, notwithstanding any applications-related information or support
that may be provided by TI. Buyer represents and agrees that it has all the necessary expertise to create and implement safeguards which
anticipate dangerous consequences of failures, monitor failures and their consequences, lessen the likelihood of failures that might cause
harm and take appropriate remedial actions. Buyer will fully indemnify TI and its representatives against any damages arising out of the use
of any TI components in safety-critical applications.
In some cases, TI components may be promoted specifically to facilitate safety-related applications. With such components, TI’s goal is to
help enable customers to design and create their own end-product solutions that meet applicable functional safety standards and
requirements. Nonetheless, such components are subject to these terms.
No TI components are authorized for use in FDA Class III (or similar life-critical medical equipment) unless authorized officers of the parties
have executed a special agreement specifically governing such use.
Only those TI components which TI has specifically designated as military grade or “enhanced plastic” are designed and intended for use in
military/aerospace applications or environments. Buyer acknowledges and agrees that any military or aerospace use of TI components
which have not been so designated is solely at the Buyer's risk, and that Buyer is solely responsible for compliance with all legal and
regulatory requirements in connection with such use.
TI has specifically designated certain components as meeting ISO/TS16949 requirements, mainly for automotive use. In any case of use of
non-designated products, TI will not be responsible for any failure to meet ISO/TS16949.
Products
Applications
Audio
www.ti.com/audio
Automotive and Transportation
www.ti.com/automotive
Amplifiers
amplifier.ti.com
Communications and Telecom
www.ti.com/communications
Data Converters
dataconverter.ti.com
Computers and Peripherals
www.ti.com/computers
DLP® Products
www.dlp.com
Consumer Electronics
www.ti.com/consumer-apps
DSP
dsp.ti.com
Energy and Lighting
www.ti.com/energy
Clocks and Timers
www.ti.com/clocks
Industrial
www.ti.com/industrial
Interface
interface.ti.com
Medical
www.ti.com/medical
Logic
logic.ti.com
Security
www.ti.com/security
Power Mgmt
power.ti.com
Space, Avionics and Defense
www.ti.com/space-avionics-defense
Microcontrollers
microcontroller.ti.com
Video and Imaging
www.ti.com/video
RFID
www.ti-rfid.com
OMAP Applications Processors
www.ti.com/omap
TI E2E Community
e2e.ti.com
Wireless Connectivity
www.ti.com/wirelessconnectivity
Mailing Address: Texas Instruments, Post Office Box 655303, Dallas, Texas 75265
Copyright © 2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated